US20100240741A1 - Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers - Google Patents
Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20100240741A1 US20100240741A1 US12/789,582 US78958210A US2010240741A1 US 20100240741 A1 US20100240741 A1 US 20100240741A1 US 78958210 A US78958210 A US 78958210A US 2010240741 A1 US2010240741 A1 US 2010240741A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- pharmaceutical composition
- aptamer
- amino acid
- water
- hydrocarbon group
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 371
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 353
- -1 amino acid ester Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 140
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 109
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 83
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 75
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 49
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 202
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 claims description 162
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 139
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 134
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 claims description 113
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 98
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 78
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 72
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 claims description 66
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 54
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 claims description 54
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 52
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 52
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 50
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 32
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 27
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 claims description 27
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 27
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 27
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 24
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 24
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 claims description 20
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 19
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 17
- 229940074076 glycerol formal Drugs 0.000 claims description 16
- URAYPUMNDPQOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N triacetin Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC(OC(C)=O)COC(C)=O URAYPUMNDPQOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 claims description 8
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000001087 glyceryl triacetate Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 235000013773 glyceryl triacetate Nutrition 0.000 claims description 8
- 229960002622 triacetin Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- FCGXLCNBWYIEAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzothiazol-6-ylmethanamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=C2N=CSC2=C1 FCGXLCNBWYIEAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000001089 [(2R)-oxolan-2-yl]methanol Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 229940113088 dimethylacetamide Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene carbonate Chemical compound CC1COC(=O)O1 RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCO UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- BSYVTEYKTMYBMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1CCCO1 BSYVTEYKTMYBMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 229940032159 propylene carbonate Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960004063 propylene glycol Drugs 0.000 claims 3
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 abstract description 47
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 34
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 abstract description 34
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 30
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 190
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 129
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 105
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 81
- 235000018977 lysine Nutrition 0.000 description 53
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 49
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 38
- 0 *C([H])(N)C(=O)O[1*] Chemical compound *C([H])(N)C(=O)O[1*] 0.000 description 34
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 32
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 28
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 28
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 28
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 27
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 27
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 26
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 26
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 22
- 150000005690 diesters Chemical class 0.000 description 22
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 21
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 19
- 229930195735 unsaturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 18
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 17
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 16
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 14
- HGIRMCSIKIKPIZ-CKDWGAALSA-N (2s,3s)-2-amino-3-methylpentanoic acid;decanoic acid Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O HGIRMCSIKIKPIZ-CKDWGAALSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 11
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 11
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- 108010073929 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 10
- KWAIBDZWGOZFDA-FHAQVOQBSA-N (2s,3s)-2-amino-3-methylpentanoic acid;butanoic acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O.CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KWAIBDZWGOZFDA-FHAQVOQBSA-N 0.000 description 9
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 8
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 8
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000006035 Tryptophane Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 8
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 8
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 8
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 8
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical class O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuric acid Substances OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229960004799 tryptophan Drugs 0.000 description 8
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 7
- QSOVNLFUHWVHAN-CKDWGAALSA-N (2s,3s)-2-amino-3-methylpentanoic acid;dodecanoic acid Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSOVNLFUHWVHAN-CKDWGAALSA-N 0.000 description 6
- NBYARMNVMVTOHN-CKDWGAALSA-N (2s,3s)-2-amino-3-methylpentanoic acid;hexadecanoic acid Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O NBYARMNVMVTOHN-CKDWGAALSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Octanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- CXSFCMGTSJHXHV-CKDWGAALSA-N (2s,3s)-2-amino-3-methylpentanoic acid;octanoic acid Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O.CCCCCCCC(O)=O CXSFCMGTSJHXHV-CKDWGAALSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 5
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000021474 generally recognized As safe (food) Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 235000021473 generally recognized as safe (food ingredients) Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000004584 polyacrylic acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;1-ethenyl-2-ethylbenzene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RFLVMTUMFYRZCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylguanine Chemical compound O=C1N(C)C(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 RFLVMTUMFYRZCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 4
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000005639 Lauric acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 4
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000003862 amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- JTXJZBMXQMTSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N amino hydrogen carbonate Chemical group NOC(O)=O JTXJZBMXQMTSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000003729 cation exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 4
- PAFZNILMFXTMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylamine Chemical compound NC1CCCCC1 PAFZNILMFXTMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 4
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M octanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC([O-])=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- PGYICPKFWBZRAG-FHAQVOQBSA-N (2s,3s)-2-amino-3-methylpentanoic acid;hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O.CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O PGYICPKFWBZRAG-FHAQVOQBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000282324 Felis Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical class Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 3
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- JWQYWLYHCFSGSL-FHAQVOQBSA-N acetic acid;(2s,3s)-2-amino-3-methylpentanoic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O.CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O JWQYWLYHCFSGSL-FHAQVOQBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 125000002714 alpha-linolenoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])/C([H])=C([H])\C([H])([H])/C([H])=C([H])\C([H])([H])/C([H])=C([H])\C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 3
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000009697 arginine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 3
- JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzathine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCNCC1=CC=CC=C1 JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002669 linoleoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])/C([H])=C([H])\C([H])([H])/C([H])=C([H])\C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001419 myristoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002811 oleoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])/C([H])=C([H])\C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001312 palmitoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003905 phosphatidylinositols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229920001467 poly(styrenesulfonates) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCN1 HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000004671 saturated fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000003696 stearoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 235000021122 unsaturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000004670 unsaturated fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFEBDVRWEIIJBK-QRPNPIFTSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoic acid;butanoic acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O.OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UFEBDVRWEIIJBK-QRPNPIFTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GJWAYTMHFSGWKR-WDBKTSHHSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoic acid;dodecanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O GJWAYTMHFSGWKR-WDBKTSHHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ARNDWQZHWLEVGE-QRPNPIFTSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoic acid;octanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(O)=O.OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 ARNDWQZHWLEVGE-QRPNPIFTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-NTGFUMLPSA-N (9Z,12Z)-9,10,12,13-tetratritiooctadeca-9,12-dienoic acid Chemical compound C(CCCCCCC\C(=C(/C\C(=C(/CCCCC)\[3H])\[3H])\[3H])\[3H])(=O)O OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-NTGFUMLPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HPZMWTNATZPBIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyladenine Chemical compound CN1C=NC2=NC=NC2=C1N HPZMWTNATZPBIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRYZPFWEZHSTHD-HEFFAWAOSA-O 2-[[(e,2s,3r)-2-formamido-3-hydroxyoctadec-4-enoxy]-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyethyl-trimethylazanium Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCC\C=C\[C@@H](O)[C@@H](NC=O)COP(O)(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C LRYZPFWEZHSTHD-HEFFAWAOSA-O 0.000 description 2
- FZWGECJQACGGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-7-methyl-1,7-dihydro-6H-purin-6-one Chemical compound NC1=NC(O)=C2N(C)C=NC2=N1 FZWGECJQACGGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OVONXEQGWXGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-sulfanylidene-1h-pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound SC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OVONXEQGWXGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002373 5 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- OIVLITBTBDPEFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,6-dihydrouracil Chemical compound O=C1CCNC(=O)N1 OIVLITBTBDPEFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004070 6 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- DCPSTSVLRXOYGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-amino-1h-pyrimidine-2-thione Chemical compound NC1=CC=NC(S)=N1 DCPSTSVLRXOYGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical group OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- QFOHBWFCKVYLES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylparaben Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QFOHBWFCKVYLES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M Butyrate Chemical compound CCCC([O-])=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylamine Chemical compound CNC ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010041308 Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N Hydroxyproline Chemical compound O[C@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000022873 Ocular disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000021314 Palmitic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- BHHGXPLMPWCGHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenethylamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CC=CC=C1 BHHGXPLMPWCGHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000007135 Retinal Neovascularization Diseases 0.000 description 2
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 2
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- DTOSIQBPPRVQHS-PDBXOOCHSA-N alpha-linolenic acid Chemical compound CC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O DTOSIQBPPRVQHS-PDBXOOCHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000020661 alpha-linolenic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002137 anti-vascular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003637 basic solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzylamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=C1 WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XQYSZURYLLXIOM-WCCKRBBISA-N butanoic acid;(2s)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O.OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 XQYSZURYLLXIOM-WCCKRBBISA-N 0.000 description 2
- PIJXRNNCIJAUOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N butanoic acid;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CCCC(O)=O PIJXRNNCIJAUOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000004063 butyryl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-hydroxyproline Natural products OC1C[NH2+]C(C([O-])=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCO LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol Substances OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000003104 hexanoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000014304 histidine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960002591 hydroxyproline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910017053 inorganic salt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004488 linolenic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- KQQKGWQCNNTQJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N linolenic acid Natural products CC=CCCC=CCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O KQQKGWQCNNTQJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002960 margaryl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000000 metal hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004692 metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 235000006109 methionine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Pentadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000021313 oleic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000913 palmityl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006320 pegylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002958 pentadecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000008103 phosphatidic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000008105 phosphatidylcholines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000008104 phosphatidylethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940067605 phosphatidylethanolamines Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940067626 phosphatidylinositols Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000008106 phosphatidylserines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N phosphoserine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)COP(O)(O)=O BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 2
- WLJVNTCWHIRURA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pimelic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCC(O)=O WLJVNTCWHIRURA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCCCO YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001153 serine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011343 solid material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004079 stearyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N tetradecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC[14C](O)=O TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-L-hydroxy-proline Natural products ON1CCCC1C(O)=O FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002889 tridecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000002948 undecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N valeric acid Chemical compound CCCCC(O)=O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003021 water soluble solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DYDTVUXKVXPHCY-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-(4-butanoyloxyphenyl)propanoic acid Chemical compound CCCC(=O)OC1=CC=C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)C=C1 DYDTVUXKVXPHCY-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003837 (C1-C20) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000204 (C2-C4) acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GYSCBCSGKXNZRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(C(=O)N)=CC2=C1 GYSCBCSGKXNZRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SATCOUWSAZBIJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyladenine Natural products N=C1N(C)C=NC2=C1NC=N2 SATCOUWSAZBIJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HWPZZUQOWRWFDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylcytosine Chemical compound CN1C=CC(N)=NC1=O HWPZZUQOWRWFDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CNWINRVXAYPOMW-FCNJXWMTSA-N 1-stearoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phospho-1D-myo-inositol 4,5-biphosphate Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCC(=O)O[C@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)COP(O)(=O)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@H]1O CNWINRVXAYPOMW-FCNJXWMTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHHHXKFHOYLYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2,4-Hexadienoic acid, potassium salt (1:1), (2E,4E)- Chemical compound [K+].CC=CC=CC([O-])=O CHHHXKFHOYLYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HLYBTPMYFWWNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)-2-hydroxyacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)C1=CNC(=O)NC1=O HLYBTPMYFWWNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGAKLDIYNFXTCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)methylamino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CNCC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O SGAKLDIYNFXTCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVBOROZXXYRWJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(4-oxo-2-sulfanylidene-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)methylamino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CNCC1=CNC(=S)NC1=O SVBOROZXXYRWJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMSMHKMPBNTBOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-dimethylamino-6-hydroxypurine Chemical compound N1C(N(C)C)=NC(=O)C2=C1N=CN2 XMSMHKMPBNTBOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMADWRYCYBUIKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-7h-purin-6-amine Chemical compound CC1=NC(N)=C2NC=NC2=N1 SMADWRYCYBUIKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KOLPWZCZXAMXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylcytosine Chemical compound CN1C(N)=CC=NC1=O KOLPWZCZXAMXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJAKJCICANKRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-acetyl-4-amino-1,3-dihydropyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound CC(=O)C1(N)NC(=O)NC=C1 GJAKJCICANKRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940090248 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MQJSSLBGAQJNER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(methylaminomethyl)-1h-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound CNCC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O MQJSSLBGAQJNER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromouracil Chemical compound BrC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFGDUDUEDQSSKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-butyl-1h-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound CCCCC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O CFGDUDUEDQSSKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RHIULBJJKFDJPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-ethyl-1h-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound CCC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RHIULBJJKFDJPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KELXHQACBIUYSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methoxy-1h-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound COC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O KELXHQACBIUYSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLAQATDNGLKIEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-2-sulfanylidene-1h-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=S)NC1=O ZLAQATDNGLKIEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methylcytosine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)N=C1N LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCRCBPQJIOLDSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-pentyl-1h-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound CCCCCC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O QCRCBPQJIOLDSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHEKLAXXCHLMNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-propyl-1h-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound CCCC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O JHEKLAXXCHLMNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UDZRZGNQQSUDNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(aminomethyl)-5-methoxy-2-sulfanylidene-1H-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound COC=1C(NC(NC=1CN)=S)=O UDZRZGNQQSUDNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PLUDYDNNASPOEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(aziridin-1-yl)-1h-pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound C1=CNC(=O)N=C1N1CC1 PLUDYDNNASPOEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZJGCEGNCSGRBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-amino-5-ethyl-1h-pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound CCC1=CNC(=O)N=C1N CZJGCEGNCSGRBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHAZIWURUZYEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-amino-5-pentyl-1h-pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCC1=CNC(=O)N=C1N QHAZIWURUZYEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OJPWPQVMVIQVRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-amino-5-propyl-1h-pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound CCCC1=CNC(=O)N=C1N OJPWPQVMVIQVRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKOMXBHMKXXTNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-methyladenine Chemical compound CNC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 CKOMXBHMKXXTNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000031873 Animal Disease Models Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010011485 Aspartame Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- NBTWPLGSEPXKES-UHFFFAOYSA-L BSP(=O)([O-])[SH](B)P(=O)(OC[O-]P(=O)([SH](B)P(=O)(O)O)[SH](B)P(=O)([O-])SB)[SH](B)P(=O)(O)O Chemical compound BSP(=O)([O-])[SH](B)P(=O)(OC[O-]P(=O)([SH](B)P(=O)(O)O)[SH](B)P(=O)([O-])SB)[SH](B)P(=O)(O)O NBTWPLGSEPXKES-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ONEBMDWUONDLTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N BSP(=O)([O-]C)[SH](B)P(=O)([O-]C)[SH](B)P(=O)([O-]C)[SH](B)P(=O)([O-]C)[O-]C Chemical compound BSP(=O)([O-]C)[SH](B)P(=O)([O-]C)[SH](B)P(=O)([O-]C)[SH](B)P(=O)([O-]C)[O-]C ONEBMDWUONDLTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000167854 Bourreria succulenta Species 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XDGKCYDMLFXBPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N COCCNC(=O)COC(COC(=O)NCCOC)OCCCC(=O)NCCCCCCC(C)C Chemical compound COCCNC(=O)COC(COC(=O)NCCOC)OCCCC(=O)NCCCCCCC(C)C XDGKCYDMLFXBPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Caprylic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001661 Chitosan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000005590 Choroidal Neovascularization Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010060823 Choroidal neovascularisation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010055665 Corneal neovascularisation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000938605 Crocodylia Species 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HAIWUXASLYEWLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-manno-Heptulose Natural products OCC1OC(O)(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O HAIWUXASLYEWLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Decanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexylamine Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010015866 Extravasation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000010412 Glaucoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930010555 Inosine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010065630 Iris neovascularisation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HSNZZMHEPUFJNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-galacto-2-Heptulose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(=O)CO HSNZZMHEPUFJNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000001344 Macular Edema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010025415 Macular oedema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SGSSKEDGVONRGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N(2)-methylguanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(NC)=NC2=C1N=CN2 SGSSKEDGVONRGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHZZHULAOVWYNO-RRKDMDGFSA-N N-hexanoylsphingosine-1-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC\C=C\[C@@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CCCCC)COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C AHZZHULAOVWYNO-RRKDMDGFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LKQLRGMMMAHREN-YJFXYUILSA-N N-stearoylsphingosine-1-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)N[C@@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)[C@H](O)\C=C\CCCCCCCCCCCCC LKQLRGMMMAHREN-YJFXYUILSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010029113 Neovascularisation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010053159 Organ failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- WSLBJQQQZZTFBA-MLUQOLBVSA-N PIP[4'](17:0/20:4(5Z,8Z,11Z,14Z)) Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCC(=O)O[C@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)COP(O)(=O)OC1C(O)C(O)C(OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1O WSLBJQQQZZTFBA-MLUQOLBVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282577 Pan troglodytes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001111421 Pannus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001504519 Papio ursinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002845 Poly(methacrylic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000805 Polyaspartic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010020346 Polyglutamic Acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium ion Chemical compound [K+] NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000002158 Proliferative Vitreoretinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000002154 Pterygium Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Purine Natural products N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091030071 RNAI Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000007737 Retinal degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000017442 Retinal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038923 Retinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038934 Retinopathy proliferative Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 1
- HAIWUXASLYEWLM-AZEWMMITSA-N Sedoheptulose Natural products OC[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@](O)(CO)O1 HAIWUXASLYEWLM-AZEWMMITSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010046851 Uveitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YDBDYTGWMRUUSN-PERJAUJZSA-N [(e,2s,3r)-3-hydroxy-2-[6-[(4-nitro-2,1,3-benzoxadiazol-7-yl)amino]hexanoylamino]octadec-4-enyl] 2-(trimethylazaniumyl)ethyl phosphate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC\C=C\[C@@H](O)[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)NC(=O)CCCCCNC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C2=NON=C12 YDBDYTGWMRUUSN-PERJAUJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOIORXHNWRGPMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;zinc Chemical compound [Zn].CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O ZOIORXHNWRGPMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003929 acidic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001361 adipic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010064930 age-related macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SWLVFNYSXGMGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium bromide Chemical compound [NH4+].[Br-] SWLVFNYSXGMGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011558 animal model by disease Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N arabinose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000605 aspartame Substances 0.000 description 1
- IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N aspartame Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010357 aspartame Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003438 aspartame Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzethonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1OCCOCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001950 benzethonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004365 benzoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical class [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GONOPSZTUGRENK-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(trichloro)silane Chemical compound Cl[Si](Cl)(Cl)CC1=CC=CC=C1 GONOPSZTUGRENK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012888 bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001649 bromium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940067596 butylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019693 cherries Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroprocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1Cl VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002023 chloroprocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008504 concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000000159 corneal neovascularization Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VMKJWLXVLHBJNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyanuric fluoride Chemical compound FC1=NC(F)=NC(F)=N1 VMKJWLXVLHBJNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NISGSNTVMOOSJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentanamine Chemical compound NC1CCCC1 NISGSNTVMOOSJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001470 diamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001991 dicarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013401 experimental design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013265 extended release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036251 extravasation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002222 fluorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004675 formic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002737 fructose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009368 gene silencing by RNA Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000021472 generally recognized as safe Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerine monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(CO)CO YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000005457 ice water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004347 intestinal mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001416 lithium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003589 local anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002671 lyxoses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000002780 macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010230 macular retinal edema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- DJLUSNAYRNFVSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)acetate Chemical compound COC(=O)CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O DJLUSNAYRNFVSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IZAGSTRIDUNNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-[(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)oxy]acetate Chemical compound COC(=O)COC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O IZAGSTRIDUNNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- XJVXMWNLQRTRGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(3-methylbut-3-enyl)-2-methylsulfanyl-7h-purin-6-amine Chemical compound CSC1=NC(NCCC(C)=C)=C2NC=NC2=N1 XJVXMWNLQRTRGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZQMZXGTZAPBAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(3-methylbutyl)-7h-purin-6-amine Chemical compound CC(C)CCNC1=NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FZQMZXGTZAPBAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DUWWHGPELOTTOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(5-chloro-2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-3-oxobutanamide Chemical compound COC1=CC(OC)=C(NC(=O)CC(C)=O)C=C1Cl DUWWHGPELOTTOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000021971 neovascular inflammatory vitreoretinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000069 nitrogen hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 231100000956 nontoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229940124276 oligodeoxyribonucleotide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940117803 phenethylamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- IPNPIHIZVLFAFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus tribromide Chemical compound BrP(Br)Br IPNPIHIZVLFAFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAIAAWCVCHQXDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)Cl FAIAAWCVCHQXDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010064470 polyaspartate Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002643 polyglutamic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910001414 potassium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004302 potassium sorbate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010241 potassium sorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940069338 potassium sorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012910 preclinical development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006785 proliferative vitreoretinopathy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000013878 renal filtration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001525 retina Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004258 retinal degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- HSNZZMHEPUFJNZ-SHUUEZRQSA-N sedoheptulose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(=O)CO HSNZZMHEPUFJNZ-SHUUEZRQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001415 sodium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012289 standard assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008227 sterile water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001302 tertiary amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005270 trialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylamine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)CCCC IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000009637 wintergreen oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003742 xyloses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004246 zinc acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
- A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/21—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates
- A61K31/215—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids
- A61K31/22—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids of acyclic acids, e.g. pravastatin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
- A61K31/403—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. carbazole
- A61K31/404—Indoles, e.g. pindolol
- A61K31/405—Indole-alkanecarboxylic acids; Derivatives thereof, e.g. tryptophan, indomethacin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/4164—1,3-Diazoles
- A61K31/4172—Imidazole-alkanecarboxylic acids, e.g. histidine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/66—Phosphorus compounds
- A61K31/683—Diesters of a phosphorus acid with two hydroxy compounds, e.g. phosphatidylinositols
- A61K31/685—Diesters of a phosphorus acid with two hydroxy compounds, e.g. phosphatidylinositols one of the hydroxy compounds having nitrogen atoms, e.g. phosphatidylserine, lecithin
Definitions
- the invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions for administering an aptamer to an animal in need thereof.
- the pharmaceutical compositions comprise (i) an aptamer and (ii) an amino acid ester or amide.
- the pharmaceutical compositions comprise (i) an aptamer; (ii) a divalent metal cation; and (iii) optionally a carboxylic acid, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin.
- Aptamers are oligonucleotides, which can be synthetic or natural, that bind to a particular target molecule, such as a protein or metabolite. Typically, the binding is through interactions other than classic Watson-Crick base pairing.
- aptamers represent a promising class of therapeutic agents currently in pre-clinical and clinical development.
- biologics e.g., peptides or monoclonal antibodies
- aptamers are capable of binding specifically to molecular targets and, through binding, inhibiting target function.
- a typical aptamer is 10-15 kDa in size (i.e., 30-45 nucleotides), binds its target with sub-nanomolar affinity, and discriminates among closely related targets (e.g., will typically not bind other proteins from the same gene family) (Griffin, et al. (1993), Gene 137(1): 25-31; Jenison, et al. (1998), Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev.
- Aptamers can be created by an entirely in vitro selection process (Systematic Evaluation of Ligands by Experimental Enrichment, i.e., SELEXTM) from libraries of random sequence oligonucleotides as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,475,096 and 5,270,163. Aptamers have been generated against numerous proteins of therapeutic interest, including growth factors, enzymes, immunoglobulins, and receptors (Ellington and Szostak (1990), Nature 346(6287): 818-22; Tuerk and Gold (1990), Science 249(4968): 505-510).
- SELEXTM Systematic Evaluation of Ligands by Experimental Enrichment, i.e., SELEXTM
- Aptamers have been generated against numerous proteins of therapeutic interest, including growth factors, enzymes, immunoglobulins, and receptors (Ellington and Szostak (1990), Nature 346(6287): 818-22; Tuerk and Gold (1990), Science 249(4968): 505
- Aptamers have a number of attractive characteristics for use as therapeutics. In addition to high target affinity and specificity, aptamers have shown little or no toxicity or immunogenicity in standard assays (Wlotzka, et al. (2002), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 99(13): 8898-902). Indeed, several therapeutic aptamers have been optimized and advanced through varying stages of pre-clinical development, including pharmacokinetic analysis, characterization of biological efficacy in cellular and animal disease models, and preliminary safety pharmacology assessment (Reyderman and Stavchansky (1998), Pharmaceutical Research 15(6): 904-10; Tucker et al., (1999), J. Chromatography B. 732: 203-212; Watson, et al. (2000), Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev. 10(2): 63-75).
- aptamers oligonucleotide-based therapeutics, including aptamers, be tailored to match the desired pharmaceutical application. While aptamers directed against extracellular targets do not suffer from difficulties associated with intracellular delivery (as is the case with antisense and RNAi-based therapeutics), the aptamer must be distributed to target organs and tissues, and remain in the body (unmodified) for a period of time consistent with the desired dosing regimen.
- nucleic acids from which aptamers are selected are typically pre-stabilized by chemical modification, for example by incorporation of 2′-fluoropyrimidine (2′-F) substituted nucleotides, to enhance resistance of aptamers against nuclease attack.
- 2′-fluoropyrimidine (2′-F) substituted nucleotides to enhance resistance of aptamers against nuclease attack.
- Aptamers incorporating 2′-O-methylpurine (2′-OMe purine) substituted nucleotides have also been developed through post-SELEX modification steps or, more recently, by enabling synthesis of 2′-OMe-containing random sequence libraries as an integral component of the SELEX process itself.
- oligonucleotide therapeutics are subject to elimination via renal filtration.
- a nuclease-resistant oligonucleotide administered intravenously exhibits an in vivo half-life of ⁇ 10 min, unless filtration can be blocked. This can be accomplished by either facilitating rapid distribution out of the blood stream into tissues or by increasing the apparent molecular weight of the oligonucleotide above the effective size cut-off for the glomerulus.
- Conjugation to a PEG polymer (“PEGylation”) can dramatically lengthen residence times of aptamers in circulation, thereby decreasing dosing frequency and enhancing effectiveness against targets.
- therapeutic aptamers are administered by injection, for example, by subcutaneous injection. Accordingly, the aptamer must be dissolved in a liquid vehicle for administration.
- a liquid vehicle for administration.
- U.S. published application no. 2005/0175708 discloses a composition of matter that permits the sustained delivery of aptamers to a mammal.
- the aptamers are administered as microspheres that permit sustained release of the aptamers to the site of interest so that the aptamers can exert their biological activity over a prolonged period of time.
- the aptamers can be anti-VEGF aptamers.
- the therapeutic agent is an aptamer.
- the aptamer can be dissolved in a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent at a sufficient concentration to provide a pharmaceutical composition that is clinically useful for administration to an animal.
- the present invention addresses this as well as other needs.
- the invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
- the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutical composition is a solution of the salt in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- the invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
- the amino acid ester or amide is an ester or an amide of lysine and the pharmaceutical composition further comprises one or more of a carboxylic acid, a phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin.
- the amino acid ester or amide is a diester or diamide of aspartic or glutamic acid.
- the pharmaceutical compositions further comprises a solvent.
- the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- the invention also relates to a pharmaceutical compositions comprising
- the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin.
- the invention also relates to methods of administering an aptamer to an animal comprising administering to the animal a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
- the invention also relates to methods of treating or preventing a condition in an animal comprising administering to the animal a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
- FIG. 1 is a graphical representation of the viscosity of pharmaceutical compositions of the invention containing an aptamer at a concentration of 10% (w/v) and 1 equivalent of isoleucine ethanoate, isoleucine butanoate, isoleucine hexanoate, isoleucine octanoate, isoleucine decanoate, isoleucine dodecanoate, or isoleucine hexadecanoate per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.
- FIG. 2 is a graphical representation of the viscosity of pharmaceutical compositions of the invention containing an aptamer at a concentration of 10% (w/v) and 1, 2, or 6 equivalents of the ester formed between isoleucine decanoate and a per equivalent of acidic functional groups on the aptamer dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.
- FIG. 3 is an HPLC chromatogram, obtained using the HPLC parameters described in Example 11, of the supernatant (lower trace) and the pellet (upper trace) formed when 50 ⁇ L of the pharmaceutical composition of Example 7B containing 10 equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate is injected into 4 mL of water to provide a precipitate and the resulting precipitate and supernatant are separated by centrifugation as described in Example 8.
- FIG. 4 is an HPLC chromatogram, obtained using the HPLC parameters described in Example 11, of the pharmaceutical composition of Example 7B containing 10 equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate using the basic mobile phase (Trace A) and the acidic mobile phase (Trace B).
- Trace C is the HPLC chromatogram of the aptamer dissolved in methanol.
- the invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
- the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutical composition is a solution of the salt in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutical compositions comprises:
- the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a solvent.
- the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises:
- the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a solvent.
- the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises:
- the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a solvent.
- the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises:
- the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a solvent.
- the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- compositions comprises
- the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin.
- the invention also relates to methods of treating or preventing a condition in an animal comprising administering to the animal a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
- aptamer means an oligonucleotide, which can be synthetic or natural, which can bind to a particular target molecule, such as a protein or metabolite, other than by Watson-Crick base pairing and have a pharmacological effect in an animal.
- Aptamers can be synthesized using conventional phosphodiester linked nucleotides and synthesized using standard solid or solution phase synthesis techniques which are known to those skilled in the art (See, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,475,096 and 5,270,163).
- the binding of aptamers to a target polypeptide can be readily tested by assays known to those skilled in the art.
- protonated aptamer means an aptamer wherein at least one of the phosphate groups of the aptamer is protonated. In one embodiment, all of the phosphate groups of the aptamer are protonated.
- the pharmacological effect is treating or preventing a condition in an animal.
- condition means an interruption, cessation, or disorder of a bodily function, system, or organ.
- Representative conditions include, but are not limited to, diseases such as cancer, inflammation, diabetes, and organ failure.
- treating includes the amelioration or cessation of a specified condition.
- C 1 -C 22 hydrocarbon group means a straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, aromatic or non-aromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic group having from 1 to 22 carbon atoms.
- phrases such as “C 1 -C 22 hydrocarbon group,” “C 1 -C 16 hydrocarbon group,” “C 1 -C 10 hydrocarbon group,” “C 15 hydrocarbon group,” “C 1 -C 3 hydrocarbon group,” “C 16 -C 22 hydrocarbon group,” “C 8 -C 18 hydrocarbon group,” “C 10 -C 18 hydrocarbon group,” and “C 16 -C 18 hydrocarbon group” means a straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, aromatic or non-aromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic group having from 1 to 21 carbon atoms, from 1 to 16 carbon atoms, from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, from 1 to 5 carbon atoms, 1 to 3 carbon atoms, 16 to 22 carbon
- an acyl group of formula —C(O)—R 1 wherein R 1 is a C 1 to C 21 group means an acyl group of formula —C(O)—R 1 , wherein R 1 is a straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, aromatic or non-aromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 21 carbon atoms.
- acyl groups of formula —C(O)—R 1 wherein R 1 is an unsubstituted C 1 to C 21 group include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, hexanoyl, caproyl, laurolyl, myristoyl, palmitoyl, stearoyl, palmioleoyl, oleoyl, linoleoyl, linolenoyl, and benzoyl.
- lower alkyl as used herein means a C 1 -C 6 hydrocarbon group.
- salt means two compounds that are not covalently bound but are chemically bound by ionic interactions.
- pharmaceutically acceptable when referring to a component of a pharmaceutical composition means that the component, when administered to an animal, does not have undue adverse effects such as excessive toxicity, irritation, or allergic response commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent means an organic solvent that when administered to an animal does not have undue adverse effects such as excessive toxicity, irritation, or allergic response commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a solvent that is generally recognized as safe (“GRAS”) by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”).
- GRAS solvent that is generally recognized as safe
- FDA United States Food and Drug Administration
- pharmaceutically acceptable organic base as used herein, means an organic base that when administered to an animal does not have undue adverse effects such as excessive toxicity, irritation, or allergic response commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- water miscible organic solvent means an organic solvent that is capable of mixing with water in any ratio without separating into two phases.
- water soluble organic solvent means an organic solvent that has a significant level of solubility in water.
- a water soluble organic solvent is soluble in water in an amount of at least about 5 percent by weight, preferably at least about 10 percent by weight, more preferably at least about 20 percent by weight, and most preferably at least about 50 percent by weight.
- triacetin is considered a water soluble solvent since it is soluble in water at a ratio of about 1:14.
- the phrase “forms a precipitate,” as used herein, means that the pharmaceutical composition forms a precipitate, or solid, when injected into water or into a physiological (in vivo) environment.
- a precipitate is an insoluble solid formed in a solvent at room temperature in vitro or in a physiological (in vivo) environment.
- the precipitate can take many forms such as, for example, a solid, a crystal, a gummy mass, or a gel.
- the precipitate is a gummy mass or a gel.
- a composition of the invention forms a precipitate in water when at least 10% of the composition is retained on a 0.22 ⁇ m filter when the composition is mixed with water and filtered at 98° F.
- about 50 ⁇ L to 0.5 mL of the pharmaceutical composition is injected into about 4-5 mL of water. In one embodiment, about 50 ⁇ L of the pharmaceutical composition is injected into about 4 mL of water.
- fatty acid means a carboxylic acid of formula R—C(O)OH, wherein R a is C 6 -C 22 linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, hydrocarbon group.
- Representative fatty acids include, but are not limited to, caproic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, palmic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, and linolenic acid.
- polycarboxylic acid means a polymeric compound having more than one —C(O)OH group.
- polycarboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, hyaluronic acid, polyglutamic acid, polyaspartic acid, and polyacrylic acid.
- injectable or “injectable composition,” as used herein, means a composition that can be drawn into a syringe and injected subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, or intramuscularly into an animal without causing adverse effects due to the presence of solid material in the composition.
- Solid materials include, but are not limited to, crystals, gummy masses, and gels.
- a formulation or composition is considered to be injectable when no more than about 15%, preferably no more than about 10%, more preferably no more than about 5%, even more preferably no more than about 2%, and most preferably no more than about 1% of the formulation is retained on a 0.22 ⁇ m filter when the formulation is filtered through the filter at 98° F.
- compositions of the invention which are gels, that can be easily dispensed from a syringe but will be retained on a 0.22 ⁇ m filter.
- the term “injectable,” as used herein includes these gel compositions.
- the term “injectable,” as used herein further includes compositions that when warmed to a temperature of up to about 40° C. and then filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter, no more than about 15%, preferably no more than about 10%, more preferably no more than about 5%, even more preferably no more than about 2%, and most preferably no more than about 1% of the formulation is retained on the filter.
- an example of an injectable pharmaceutical composition is a solution of a pharmaceutically active compound (for example, an aptamer) in a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent.
- solution means a uniformly dispersed mixture at the molecular or ionic level of one or more substances (solute), in one or more other substances (solvent), typically a liquid.
- suspension means solid particles that are evenly dispersed in a solvent, which can be aqueous or non-aqueous.
- animal includes, but is not limited to, humans, canines, felines, equines, bovines, ovines, porcines, amphibians, reptiles, and avians.
- Representative animals include, but are not limited to a cow, a horse, a sheep, a pig, an ungulate, a chimpanzee, a monkey, a baboon, a chicken, a turkey, a mouse, a rabbit, a rat, a guinea pig, a dog, a cat, and a human.
- the animal is a mammal.
- the animal is a human.
- the animal is a non-human.
- the animal is a canine, a feline, an equine, a bovine, an ovine, or a porcine.
- drug depot means a precipitate, which includes the aptamer, formed within the body of a treated animal that releases the aptamer over time to provide a pharmaceutically effective amount of the aptamer.
- phrases “substantially free of,” as used herein, means less than about 2 percent by weight.
- a pharmaceutical composition substantially free of water means that the amount of water in the pharmaceutical composition is less than about 2 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- an effective amount means an amount sufficient to treat or prevent a condition in an animal.
- phospholipid means a compound having the general formula:
- R 6 and R 7 are connected to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring with the nitrogen,
- saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C 2 -C 36 acyl group means a group of formula —O—C(O)—R, wherein R is a C 1 -C 35 hydrocarbon group that can be saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched.
- sphingomyelin means a compound having the general formula:
- the aptamer can be any aptamer known to those skilled in the art.
- the aptamer is a DNA strand. In one embodiment, the DNA is double stranded DNA. In one embodiment, the DNA is single stranded DNA.
- the aptamer is an RNA strand.
- the aptamer has a molecular weight of up to 80 kD. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 15 kD to 80 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 10 kD to 80 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 5 kD to 80 Kd.
- the aptamer has a molecular weight of up to 60 kD. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 15 kD to 60 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 10 kD to 60 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 5 kD to 60 Kd.
- the aptamer has a molecular weight of up to 40 kD. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 15 kD to 40 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 10 kD to 40 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 5 kD to 40 Kd.
- the aptamer has a molecular weight of up to 30 kD. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 15 kD to 30 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 10 kD to 30 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 5 kD to 30 Kd.
- the aptamer has a molecular weight of more than 20 kD. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 10 kD to 20 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 5 kD to 20 Kd.
- the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 5 kD to 10 Kd.
- modified nucleotides that make up the aptamer can be modified to, for example, improve their stability, i.e., improve their in vivo half-life, and/or to reduce their rate of excretion when administered to an animal.
- modified encompasses nucleotides with a covalently modified base and/or sugar.
- modified nucleotides include nucleotides having sugars which are covalently attached to low molecular weight organic groups other than a hydroxyl group at the 3′ position and other than a phosphate group at the 5′ position.
- Modified nucleotides may also include 2′ substituted sugars such as 2′-O-methyl-; 2′-O-alkyl; 2′-O-allyl; 2′-S-alkyl; 2′-S-allyl; 2′-fluoro-; 2′-halo or 2′-azido-ribose; carbocyclic sugar analogues; ⁇ -anomeric sugars; and epimeric sugars such as arabinose, xyloses or lyxoses, pyranose sugars, furanose sugars, and sedoheptulose.
- 2′ substituted sugars such as 2′-O-methyl-; 2′-O-alkyl; 2′-O-allyl; 2′-S-alkyl; 2′-S-allyl; 2′-fluoro-; 2′-halo or 2′-azido-ribose
- carbocyclic sugar analogues such as arabinose, xyloses or ly
- Modified nucleotides include, but are not limited to, alkylated purines and/or pyrimidines; acylated purines and/or pyrimidines; or other heterocycles. These classes of pyrimidines and purines are known in the art and include, pseudoisocytosine; N4, N4-ethanocytosine; 8-hydroxy-N-6-methyladenine; 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl)uracil; 5-fluorouracil; 5-bromouracil; 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouracil; 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl uracil; dihydrouracil; inosine; N6-isopentyl-adenine; 1-methyladenine; 1-methylpseudouracil; 1-methylguanine; 2,2-dimethylguanine; 2-methyladenine; 2-methylguanine; 3-methylcytosine; 5-methylcytosine; N6
- the aptamer can also be modified by replacing one or more phosphodiester linkages with alternative linking groups.
- Alternative linking groups include, but are not limited to embodiments wherein P(O)O is replaced by P(O)S, P(S)S, P(O)NR 2 , P(O)R, P(O)OR′, CO, or CH 2 , wherein each R or R′ is independently H or a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkyl.
- a preferred set of R substitutions for the P(O)NR 2 group are hydrogen and methoxyethyl.
- Linking groups are typically attached to each adjacent nucleotide through an —O— bond, but may be modified to include —N— or —S— bonds. Not all linkages in an oligomer need to be identical.
- the aptamer can also be modified by conjugating the aptamer to a polymer, for example, to reduce the rate of excretion when administered to an animal.
- the aptamer can be “PEGylated,” i.e., conjugated to polyethylene glycol (“PEG”).
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- the PEG has an average molecular weight ranging from about 20 kD to 80 kD.
- the aptamer is conjugated to a polymer.
- the aptamer is an RNA strand that has been conjugated to a polymer.
- the aptamer is an DNA strand that has been conjugated to a polymer.
- the aptamer is conjugated to PEG.
- the aptamer is an RNA strand that has been conjugated to PEG.
- the aptamer is an DNA strand that has been conjugated to PEG.
- the aptamer is a RNA strand wherein at least one of the 2′ hydroxyls on the sugars that make up the aptamer are O-methylated.
- the aptamer is a RNA strand wherein at least one of the 2′ hydroxyls on the sugars that make up the aptamer are O-methylated and wherein the RNA strand has been conjugated to a polymer.
- the aptamer is a RNA strand wherein at least one of the 2′ hydroxyls on the nucleotides that make up the aptamer are O-methylated and wherein the RNA strand has been conjugated to PEG.
- the aptamer is an aptamer that binds to VEGF (vascular endothelial growth factor).
- the aptamer is ARC224 identified in P. Burffle et al., Direct In Vitro Selection of a 2′- O - methyl Aptamer to VEGF , Chemistry and Biology, vol. 12, 25-33, January 2005.
- the aptamer is ARC245 identified in P. Burffle et al., Direct In Vitro Selection of a 2′- O - methyl Aptamer to VEGF , Chemistry and Biology, vol. 12, 25-33, January 2005.
- the aptamer is ARC225 identified in P. Burffle et al., Direct In Vitro Selection of a 2′- O - methyl Aptamer to VEGF , Chemistry and Biology, vol. 12, 25-33, January 2005.
- the aptamer is ARC259 identified in P. Burmeister et al., Direct In Vitro Selection of a 2′- O - methyl Aptamer to VEGF , Chemistry and Biology, vol. 12, 25-33, January 2005.
- the aptamer is ARC259 identified in P. Burmeister et al., Direct In Vitro Selection of a 2′- O - methyl Aptamer to VEGF , Chemistry and Biology, vol. 12, 25-33, January 2005 wherein the 5′ phosphate group of the aptamer has been pegylated with:
- pegylated ARC259 (referred to hereinafter as “pegylated ARC259”).
- organic base is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic base.
- Representative organic bases include, but are not limited to, organic amines including, but are not limited to, ammonia; unsubstituted or hydroxy-substituted mono-, di-, or tri-alkylamines such as cyclohexylamine, cyclopentylamine, cyclohexylamine, dicyclohexylamine; tributyl amine, N-methylamine, N-ethylamine, diethylamine; dimethylamine, triethylamine, mono-, bis-, or tris-(2-hydroxy-lower alkyl amines) (such as mono-, bis-, or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, 2-hydroxy-tert-butylamine, and tris-(hydroxymethyl)methylamine), N,N,-di-lower alkyl-N-
- compositions comprising a salt formed between the aptamer and a metal ion, such as sodium, lithium, or potassium ion, and a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- a metal ion such as sodium, lithium, or potassium ion
- these compositions are useful when a low concentration, generally less than about 25 mg/mL, of the aptamer in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is sufficient.
- the amine is an amino acid ester.
- the amine is an amino acid amide.
- the amine is a diamine (for example, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine or an ester or amide of lysine).
- the amine is a diamine and the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a carboxylic acid, a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline.
- the amino acid esters can be any ester of any amino acid, i.e., an amino acid wherein the carboxylic acid group of the amino acid is esterified with a C 1 -C 22 alcohol. Accordingly, the amino acid esters have the general formula (I):
- the amino acid side can be a hydrocarbon group that can be optionally substituted. Suitable substituents include, but are not limited to, halo, nitro, cyano, thiol, amino, hydroxy, carboxylic acid, sulfonic acid, aromatic group, and aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the amino acid side chain is a C 1 -C 10 straight or branched chain hydrocarbon, optionally substituted with a thiol, amino, hydroxy, carboxylic acid, aromatic group, or aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the amino acid ester can be an ester of a naturally occurring amino acid or a synthetically prepared amino acid.
- the amino acid can be a D-amino acid or an L-amino acid.
- the amino acid ester is the ester of a naturally occurring amino acid. More, preferably, the amino acid ester is an ester of an amino acid selected from glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, phenylalanine, asparagine, glutamine, tryptophane, proline, serine, threonine, tyrosine, hydroxyproline, cysteine, methionine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, lysine, arginine, and histidine.
- the hydrocarbon group, R 1 can be any C 1 to C 22 hydrocarbon group.
- Representative C 1 to C 22 hydrocarbon groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, allyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cis-9-hexadecenyl, cis-9-octadecenyl, cis, cis-9,12-octadecenyl, and cis, cis, cis-9, 12, 15-octadecatrienyl.
- R 1 is a straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a saturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a straight chain, saturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a straight chain, unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 16 hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 10 hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 5 hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 3 hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 6 -C 22 hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 6 -C 18 hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 8 -C 18 hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 10 -C 18 hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 16 -C 18 hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 16 -C 22 hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 16 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 10 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 5 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 3 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 6 -C 22 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 6 -C 18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 8 -C 18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 10 -C 18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 16 -C 18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 16 -C 22 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 16 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 10 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 5 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 3 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 6 -C 22 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 6 -C 18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 8 -C 18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 10 -C 18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 16 -C 18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 16 -C 22 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 16 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 10 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 5 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 3 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 6 -C 22 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 6 -C 18 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 8 -C 18 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 10 -C 18 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 16 -C 18 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 is a C 16 -C 22 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 1 As discussed later, by varying the structure of R 1 it is possible to vary the properties of the pharmaceutical compositions.
- the amino acid esters can be obtained by esterifying an amino acid with an alcohol of formula R 1 —OH using methods well known to those skilled in the art such as those described in J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Reaction Mechanisms and Structure, 4 th ed. John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1992, pp. 393-400.
- the amino acids and alcohols of formula R 1 —OH are commercially available or can be prepared by methods well known to those skilled in the art.
- esterifying the amino acid with the alcohol of formula R 1 —OH it may be necessary to protect some other functional group of the amino acid or the alcohol with a protecting group that is subsequently removed after the esterification reaction.
- the amino acid amides can be any amide of any amino acid, i.e., an amino acid wherein the carboxylic acid group of the amino acid is reacted with an amine of formula HN(R 3 )(R 4 ), wherein R 3 and R 4 are defined above, to provide an amide. Accordingly, the amino acid amides have the general formula (II):
- the amino acid side can be a hydrocarbon group that can be optionally substituted.
- Suitable substituents include, but are not limited to, halo, nitro, cyano, thiol, amino, hydroxy, carboxylic acid, sulfonic acid, aromatic group, and aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the amino acid side chain is a C 1 -C 10 straight or branched chain hydrocarbon, optionally substituted with a thiol, amino, hydroxy, carboxylic acid, aromatic group, or aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group; an aromatic group, or an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the amino acid amide can be an amide of a naturally occurring amino acid or a synthetically prepared amino acid.
- the amino acid can be a D-amino acid or an L-amino acid.
- the amino acid ester is the ester of a naturally occurring amino acid. More, preferably, the amino acid ester is an ester of an amino acid selected from glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, phenylalanine, asparagine, glutamine, tryptophane, proline, serine, threonine, tyrosine, hydroxyproline, cysteine, methionine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, lysine, arginine, and histidine.
- the R 3 group can be any C 1 to C 22 hydrocarbon group.
- the R 4 group can be hydrogen or any C 1 to C 22 hydrocarbon group.
- Representative C 1 to C 22 hydrocarbon groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, allyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cis-9-hexadecenyl, cis-9-octadecenyl, cis, cis-9,12-octadecenyl, and cis, cis, cis, cis-9,12
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a saturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a straight chain, saturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a straight chain, unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 16 hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 10 hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 5 hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 3 hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 6 -C 22 hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 6 -C 18 hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 8 -C 18 hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 10 -C 18 hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 16 -C 18 hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 16 -C 22 hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 16 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 10 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 5 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 3 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 6 -C 22 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 6 -C 18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 8 -C 18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 10 -C 18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 16 -C 18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 16 -C 22 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 16 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 10 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 5 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 3 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 6 -C 22 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 6 -C 18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 8 -C 18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 10 -C 18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 16 -C 18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 16 -C 22 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 16 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 10 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 5 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 1 -C 3 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 6 -C 22 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 6 -C 18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 8 -C 18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 10 -C 18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 16 -C 18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- R 4 is hydrogen and R 3 is a C 16 -C 22 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a straight or branched chain, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 16 hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 10 hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 5 hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 3 hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 6 -C 22 hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 6 -C 18 hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 8 -C 18 hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 10 -C 18 hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 16 -C 18 hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 16 -C 22 hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 16 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 10 straight chain hydrocarbon group
- R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 5 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 3 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 6 -C 22 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 6 -C 18 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 8 -C 18 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 10 -C 18 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 16 -C 18 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 16 -C 22 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 16 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 10 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 5 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 3 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 6 -C 22 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 6 -C 18 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 8 -C 18 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 10 -C 18 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 16 -C 18 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 16 -C 22 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 16 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 10 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 5 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 1 -C 3 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 6 -C 22 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 6 -C 18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 8 -C 18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 10 -C 18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 16 -C 18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- each of R 3 and R 4 are a C 16 -C 22 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different.
- the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 is at least 6. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 is at least 8. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 is at least 10. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 is at least 12. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 is at least 18.
- the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 is less than 6. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 is less than 8. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 is less than 10. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 is less than 12. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 is less than 18.
- the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 ranges from about 1 to 16. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 ranges from about 1 to 10. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 ranges from about 1 to 5. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 ranges from about 1 to 3. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 ranges from about 16 to 22. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 ranges from about 16 to 18. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 ranges from about 8 to 18.
- the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 ranges from about 10 to 18. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 ranges from about 12 to 18. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 ranges from about 6 to 30. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R 3 and R 4 ranges from about 22 to 30.
- the amino acid amides can be obtained by converting the carboxylic acid group of the amino acid to an amide group using methods well known to those skilled in the art such as those described in J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Reaction Mechanisms and Structure, 4 th ed. John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1992, pp. 417-427.
- the amino acid is converted to an amino acid derivative such as an amino acid ester or an acid chloride of the amino acid and the amino acid derivative is then reacted with an amine of formula NHR 3 R 4 to provide the amino acid amide.
- the amino acids and amines of formula NHR 3 R 4 are commercially available or can be prepared by methods well known to those skilled in the art.
- compositions Comprising (i) a Pharmaceutically Acceptable Organic Base and (ii) a Protonated Aptamer
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises (i) a protonated aptamer and an (ii) a pharmaceutically acceptable organic base.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable organic base it is believed that the acidic phosphate groups of the a protonated aptamer protonate the amine group of the pharmaceutically acceptable organic base to form a salt between one or more pharmaceutically acceptable organic base molecules and the aptamer as illustrated schematically below for a pharmaceutically acceptable organic base of formula Base-NH 2 and a protonated aptamer.
- B is a nucleotide
- S is a sugar
- Base-NH 3 + is a protonated pharmaceutically acceptable organic base. It is not necessary, however, that every phosphate group be ionically bound to a pharmaceutically acceptable organic base molecule.
- Any pharmaceutically acceptable organic base described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- Any aptamer described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a solvent.
- the solvent comprises water.
- the solvent comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent. Any of the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvents described herein can be used in the compositions of the invention.
- the pharmaceutical composition is a solution of the salt in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent and further comprises a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline.
- a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline facilitates formation of a precipitate when the pharmaceutical composition is injected into water and can also facilitate controlled release of the aptamer from the resulting precipitate.
- the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from greater than 0 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 0.1 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 1 to 7.5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 1.5 to 5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 2 to 4 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the a pharmaceutically acceptable organic base typically ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the pharmaceutically acceptable organic base ranges about 1.5:1 to 1:1.5. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the pharmaceutically acceptable organic base ranges about 1.25:1 to 1:1.25. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the pharmaceutically acceptable organic base ranges about 1.1:1. to 1:1.1. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the pharmaceutically acceptable organic base is about 1:1.
- the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the pharmaceutically acceptable organic base can range from about 15:1 to 1:15.
- compositions Comprising (i) an Amino Acid Ester or Amino Acid Amide and (ii) a Protonated Aptamer
- the acidic phosphate groups of the protonated aptamer protonate the amine group of the amino acid ester or amide to form a salt between one or more amino acid ester or amide molecules and the aptamer as illustrated schematically below for an amino acid ester and an aptamer:
- B, S, R, and R 1 have the meaning described above. It is not necessary, however, that every phosphate group be ionically bound to an amino acid ester or amino acid amide.
- Any amino acid or amino acid ester described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- Any aptamer described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a solvent.
- the solvent comprises water.
- the solvent comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent. Any of the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvents described herein can be used in the compositions of the invention.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent and further comprises a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline.
- a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline facilitates formation of a precipitate when the pharmaceutical composition is injected into water and can also facilitate controlled release of the aptamer from the resulting precipitate.
- the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from greater than 0 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 0.1 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 1 to 7.5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 1.5 to 5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 2 to 4 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide typically ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.5:1 to 1:1.5. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.25:1 to 1:1.25. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.1:1. to 1:1.1.
- the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide is about 1:1.
- a wider range for the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid is also possible.
- the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid can range from about 15:1 to 1:15.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises an ester or amide of lysine.
- compositions comprising an Ester or Amide of Lysine, a Protonated Aptamer, and a Carboxylic Acid
- the amino acid ester or amide is an ester or amide of lysine and the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a carboxylic acid.
- carboxylic acid protonates the ⁇ -amine group of lysine to provide a structure as depicted below:
- R 9 is a C 1 -C 21 hydrocarbon.
- the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acid groups on the carboxylic acid to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide typically ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acid groups on the carboxylic acid to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.5:1 to 1:1.5. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acid groups on the carboxylic acid to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.25:1 to 1:1.25.
- the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acid groups on the carboxylic acid to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.1:1. to 1:1.1. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acid groups on the carboxylic acid to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide is about 1:1.
- the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acid groups on the carboxylic acid to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide can range from about 15:1 to 1:15.
- the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acid groups on the carboxylic acid ranges from about 20:1 to 1:20. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acid groups on the carboxylic acid ranges from about 15:1 to 1:15. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acid groups on the carboxylic acid ranges from about 10:1 to 1:10. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acid groups on the carboxylic acid ranges from about 5:1 to 1:5. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acid groups on the carboxylic acid ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2.
- the carboxylic acid can be any pharmaceutically acceptable carboxylic acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a C 1 -C 22 carboxylic acid.
- Suitable carboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, propanoic acid, butanoic acid, pentanoic acid, decanoic acid, hexanoic acid, benzoic acid, caproic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, palmic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, and linolenic acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a C 1 -C 16 carboxylic acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a C 1 -C 10 carboxylic acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a C 1 -C 5 carboxylic acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a C 1 -C 3 carboxylic acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a C 6 -C 22 carboxylic acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a C 6 -C 18 carboxylic acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a C 8 -C 18 carboxylic acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a C 10 -C 18 carboxylic acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a C 6 -C 18 carboxylic acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a C 16 -C 22 carboxylic acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a saturated or unsaturated fatty acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a saturated fatty acid.
- the carboxylic acid is an unsaturated fatty acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a dicarboxylic acid.
- Suitable dicarboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, oxalic acid, malonic aid, succinic acid, glutamic acid, adipic acid, and pimelic acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a polycarboxylic acid.
- the carboxylic acids are commercially available or can be prepared by methods well known to those skilled in the art.
- the carboxylic acid is an N-acyl amino acid.
- the N-acyl amino acids have the following general formula (III):
- R is the amino acid side chain and is defined above.
- R 2 is an acyl group of formula —C(O)—R 5 , wherein R 5 is a substituted C 1 to C 21 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group, R 2 , is a C 1 - to C 22 acyl group.
- acyl groups of formula —C(O)—R 5 include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, hexanoyl, caproyl, heptoyl, octoyl, nonoyl, decoyl, undecoyl, dodecoyl, tridecoyl, tetradecoyl, pentadecoyl, hexadecoyl, heptadecoyl, octadecoyl, laurolyl, myristoyl, palmitoyl, stearoyl, palmioleoyl, oleoyl, linoleoyl, linolenoyl, and benzoyl.
- R 5 is a C 1 -C 15 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R 5 is a C 2 -C 16 acyl group.
- R 5 is a C 1 -C 9 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R 5 is a C 2 -C 10 acyl group.
- R 5 is a C 1 -C 5 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R 5 is a C 2 -C 6 acyl group.
- R 5 is a C 1 -C 3 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R 5 is a C 2 -C 4 acyl group.
- R 5 is a C 5 -C 21 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R 5 is a C 6 -C 22 acyl group.
- R 5 is a C 5 -C 17 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R 5 is a C 6 -C 18 acyl group.
- R 5 is a C 7 -C 17 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R 5 is a C 8 -C 18 acyl group.
- R 5 is a C 9 -C 17 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R 5 is a C 10 -C 18 acyl group.
- R 5 is a C 15 -C 21 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R 5 is a C 16 -C 22 acyl group.
- the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R 5 is obtained from a saturated or unsaturated fatty acid.
- the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R 5 is a caproyl, laurolyl, myristoyl, palmitoyl, stearoyl, palmioleoyl, oleoyl, linoleoyl, or linolenoyl group.
- the N-acylated amino acids can be obtained by methods well known to those skilled in the art.
- the N-acylated amino acids can be obtained by reacting an amino acid with an acid halide of formula T-C(O)—R 5 , wherein T is a halide, preferably chloride, and R 1 is as defined above, using methods well known to those skilled in the art.
- T is a halide, preferably chloride
- R 1 is as defined above
- N-acylating the amino acid with the acid halide of formula T-C(O)—R 5 it may be necessary to protect some other functional group of the amino acid or the acid halide with a protecting group that is subsequently removed after the acylation reaction.
- Acid halides can be obtained using methods well known to those skilled in the art such as those described in J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Reaction Mechanisms and Structure, 4 th ed. John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1992, pp. 437-8.
- acid halides can be prepared by reacting a carboxylic acid with thionyl chloride, bromide, or iodide.
- Acid chlorides and bromides can also be prepared by reacting a carboxylic acid with phosphorous trichloride or phosphorous tribromide, respectively.
- Acid chlorides can also be prepared by reacting a carboxylic acid with Ph 3 P in carbon tetrachloride.
- Acid fluorides can be prepared by reacting a carboxylic acid with cyanuric fluoride.
- compositions comprising an Ester or Amide of Lysine, a Protonated Aptamer, and a Phospholipid, Phosphatidyl Choline, or a Sphingomyelin
- the amino acid ester or amide is an ester or amide of lysine and the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin.
- a phospholipid phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin.
- protonated phosphate groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin protonates the E-amine group of lysine to provide a structure as depicted below for a phospholipid:
- the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide typically ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.5:1 to 1:1.5.
- the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.25:1 to 1:1.25. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.1:1. to 1:1.1.
- the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide is about 1:1.
- the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide can range from about 15:1 to 1:15.
- the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 20:1 to 1:20. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 15:1 to 1:15. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 10:1 to 1:10.
- the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 5:1 to 1:5. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2.
- the Phospholipid is the Phospholipid
- Any pharmaceutically acceptable phospholipid can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
- phospholipids include, but are not limited to:
- Suitable phosphatidic acids suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, the 1-acyl-2-acyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphates and the 1,2-diacyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphates commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala.
- Suitable phosphatidylethanolamines suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, the 1-acyl-2-acyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamines and the 1,2-diacyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamines commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala.
- Suitable phosphatidylcholines suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, the 1-acyl-2-acyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholines, the 1,2-diacyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamines (saturated series), and the 1,2-diacyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamines (unsaturated series), commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala.
- the phospholipid is Phospholipon®-90H.
- Suitable phosphatidylserines suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, the 1-acyl-2-acyl-sn-glycero-3-[phospho-L-serine]s and the 1,2-diacyl-sn-glycero-3-[phospho-L-serine]s commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala.
- Suitable plasmalogens suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, C16(Plasm)-12:0 NBD PC, C16(Plasm)-18:1 PC, C16(Plasm)-20:4 PC, C16(Plasm)-22:6 PC, C16(Plasm)-18:1 PC, C16(Plasm)-20:4 PE, and C16(Plasm)-22:6 PE, commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala.
- Suitable phosphatidylglycerols suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, the 1-acyl-2-acyl-sn-glycero-3-[phospho-rac-(1-glycerol)]s and the 1,2-diacyl-sn-glycero-3-[phospho-rac-(1-glycerol)]s, commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala.
- Suitable phosphatidylinositols suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, phosphatidylinositol, phosphatidylinositol-4-phosphate, and phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate, commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala.
- the phospholipids are commercially available or can be obtained by methods well known to those skilled in the art. Representative methods for obtaining phospholipids are described in Sandra Pesch et al., Properties of Unusual Phospholipids Bearing Acetylenic Fatty Acids, Tettrahedron , vol. 15, no. 43, 14,627-14634 (1997); Sepp D. Kohlwein, Phospholipid Synthesis, Sorting, Subcellular Traffic—The Yeast Approach , Trends in Cell Biology, vol. 6, 260-266 (1996), Serguei V. Vinogradov, Synthesis of Phospholipids—Oligodeoxyribonucleotide Conjugates , Tett. Lett., vol. 36, no. 14, 2493-2496 (1995), and references cited therein.
- the phospholipid is Phospholipon®-E:80 (commercially available from Phospholipid GmbH of Cologne, Germany or American Lecithin Company of Oxford, Conn.).
- the phospholipid is Phospholipon®-80G (commercially available from Phospholipid GmbH of Cologne, Germany or American Lecithin Company of Oxford, Conn.).
- the phospholipid is Phospholipon®-85G (commercially available from Phospholipid GmbH of Cologne, Germany or American Lecithin Company of Oxford, Conn.).
- the phospholipid is Phospholipon®-100H (commercially available from Phospholipid GmbH of Cologne, Germany or American Lecithin Company of Oxford, Conn.).
- Any pharmaceutically acceptable sphingomyelin can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
- the sphingomyelin is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethylin
- R 11 is a C 1 -C 24 linear, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon and R 4 is —CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 3 + .
- R 11 is a C 8 -C 24 linear, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon and R 4 is —CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 3 + .
- R 11 is a C 16 -C 24 linear, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon and R 4 is —CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 3 + .
- Suitable sphingomyelins include, but are not limited to, C2-Sphingomyelin, C6-Sphingomyelin, C18-Sphingomyelin, C6-NBD-Sphingomyelin, and C12-NBD Sphingomyelin, commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala.
- the amino acid ester or amide is an ester or amide of lysine and the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a phosphatidyl choline.
- a phosphatidyl choline it is believed that protonated phosphate groups on the phosphatidyl choline protonates the ⁇ -amine group of lysine to provide a structure as depicted below:
- compositions that comprise an amino acid ester or amide of lysine and further comprise a phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin that the ester or amide of lysine also forms structures wherein each amino group of the lysine ester or amide is protonated by a phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin molecule.
- a phospholipid Such a structure is depicted below for a phospholipid:
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 are defined above.
- the invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions such as those described above that include an ester or amide of lysine, wherein the ester or amide of lysine is replaced with another diamine such as, for example N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine.
- compositions Comprising a Diester or Diamide of Aspartic Acid or Glutamic Acid and a Protonated Aptamer
- the amino acid ester or amide is an ester or amide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid and the side chain carboxylic acid group of the aspartic acid or glutamic acid is also esterified or amidated, i.e., a diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid.
- the acidic phosphate groups of the aptamer protonate the amine group of the diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid to form a salt between diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid and the aptamer as illustrated below for a diester of aspartic acid that is protonated by an aptamer to provide a structure as depicted below:
- the diesters of aspartic acid and glutamic acid have the structures:
- R 1 is defined above and R 6 is the same as R 1 .
- R 1 and R 6 can be the same or different. Typically, however, R 1 and R 6 are the same.
- the diamides of aspartic acid and glutamic acid have the structures:
- R 7 is the same as R 3
- R 8 is the same as R 4 .
- the amide groups —N(R 3 )(R 4 ) and —N(R 7 )(R 8 ) can be the same or different. Typically, however, the amide groups —N(R 3 )(R 4 ) and —N(R 7 )(R 8 ) are the same.
- the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to the diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid typically ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to the diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid ranges from about 1.5:1 to 1:1.5. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to the diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid ranges from about 1.25:1 to 1:1.25. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to the diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid ranges from about 1.1:1. to 1:1.1.
- the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to the diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid is about 1:1.
- the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to the diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid can range from about 15:1 to 1:15.
- diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid i.e., R 1 and R 6 of the diester and R 3 , R 4 , R 7 , and R 8 of the diamide, it is possible to vary the properties of the pharmaceutical compositions.
- compositions Comprising (i) a Protonated Aptamer, and (ii) a Polylysine
- compositions comprise a protonated aptamer and polylysine.
- aptamers described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- any polylysine (for example, any of the polylysines commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich of Milwaukee, Wis. as the hydrobromide salt, which can be converted to polylysine as described later) can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- the polylysine has a molecular weight range of from about 1,000 to 4,000. In one embodiment, the polylysine has a molecular weight range of from about 4,000 to 15,000. In one embodiment, the polylysine has a molecular weight range of from about 15,000 to 30,000. In one embodiment, the polylysine has a molecular weight range of from about 30,000 to 70,000. In one embodiment, the polylysine has a molecular weight range of from about 70,000 to 150,000. In one embodiment, the polylysine has a molecular weight range of from about 150,000 to 300,000.
- amine groups on the polylysine are protonated by acidic phosphate groups on the aptamer.
- the amount of polylysine relative to the amount of the aptamer is an amount sufficient to provide a solution of the pharmaceutical composition (for example, a methanol or aqueous solution) having a pH value ranging from about 3 to 10.
- a solution of the pharmaceutical composition has a pH value ranging from about 5 to 9.
- a solution of the pharmaceutical composition has a pH value ranging from about 6 to 8.
- a solution of the pharmaceutical composition has a pH value of about 7.
- Other pH ranges, however, are also within the scope of the invention.
- a solution of the pharmaceutical composition has a pH value ranging from about 3 to 7 and in another embodiment a solution of the pharmaceutical composition has a pH value ranging from about 7 to 10.
- the pH can be readily measured by dissolving the pharmaceutical composition in a solvent (for example methanol or water) and removing a few microliters of the resulting solution and applying it to a wet pH test strip (such as commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich of Milwaukee, Wis.) that indicates the pH of the solution by the color of the test strip after the solution is applied.
- a solvent for example methanol or water
- a wet pH test strip such as commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich of Milwaukee, Wis.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprising a protonated aptamer and polylysine further comprises a solvent.
- the solvent comprises water.
- the solvent is water.
- the solvent comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- the solvent comprises N-methylpyrrolidone.
- the solvent is N-methylpyrrolidone.
- the pharmaceutical compositions comprising a protonated aptamer and polylysine have increased solubility in water and organic solvents.
- the pharmaceutical composition formed between pegylated ARC259 and polylysine having an average molecular weight of about 13,000 is soluble in water and N-methylpyrrolidone at a concentration of up to about 12% (w/v).
- polylysine having an average molecular weight of about 13,000 (obtained as described later from the commercially available hydrobromide salt) and the protonated aptamer are both essentially insoluble in water and N-methylpyrrolidone.
- compositions Comprising (i) an Aptamer, (ii) a Divalent Metal Cation, and (iii) optionally a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a Sphingomyelin
- the pharmaceutical compositions comprise (i) an aptamer, (ii) a divalent metal cation and (iii) optionally a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin.
- an aptamer e.g., a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin.
- M +2 is a divalent metal cation and B and S are defined above.
- the pharmaceutical composition includes the optional carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin the divalent metal cation interacts with the phosphate groups on the aptamer and the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to form a structure as depicted below for a carboxylate:
- M +2 , B, S, and R 9 are defined above.
- the structures are similar to the structures formed between an aptamer; the amino acid lysine; and a carboxylic acid, a phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin, described above, except that the divalent metal cation replaces the lysine.
- the pharmaceutical composition includes the optional carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin the divalent metal cation interacts with more than one carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to form a structure as depicted below for a carboxylate:
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises a carboxylate.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises a phospholipid.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises phosphatidyl choline.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises a sphingomyelin.
- aptamers described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- the carboxylate can be obtained from any pharmaceutically acceptable carboxylic acid. Any of the carboxylic acids described herein can be used to provide the carboxylate.
- the carboxylic acid is an N-acyl amino acid of general formula (III). Any N-acyl amino acid of general formula (III) described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- any of the phospholipids described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- any of the sphingomyelins described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- Suitable divalent metal cations include, but are not limited to, the alkaline earth metal cations, Mg +2 , Zn +2 , Cu +2 , and Fe +2 .
- Preferred divalent metal cations are Ca +2 , Mg +2 , Zn +2 , Cu +2 , and Fe +2 .
- the combined molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer and anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to the divalent metal cation typically ranges from about 4:1 to 1:4. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer and anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to the divalent metal cation ranges from about 3:1 to 1:3.
- the combined molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer and anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to the divalent metal cation ranges from about 2.5:1 to 1:2.5. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer and anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to the divalent metal cation ranges from about 2:1. to 1:2.
- the combined molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer and anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to the divalent metal cation is about 2:1.
- the molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer and anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to the divalent metal cation can range from about 15:1 to 1:15.
- the molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer to anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 20:1 to 1:20. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer to anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 15:1 to 1:15. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer to anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 10:1 to 1:10.
- the molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer to anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 5:1 to 1:5. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer to anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2.
- the pharmaceutical compositions can optionally comprise one or more additional excipients or additives to provide a dosage form suitable for administration to an animal.
- the aptamer containing pharmaceutical compositions are typically administered as a component of a composition that comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient so as to provide the form for proper administration to the animal.
- Suitable pharmaceutical excipients are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 1447-1676 (Alfonso R. Gennaro ed., 19th ed. 1995), incorporated herein by reference.
- compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, pellets, capsules, capsules containing liquids, powders, suppositories, emulsions, aerosols, sprays, suspensions, or any other form suitable for use.
- compositions for intravenous or parenteral administration are formulated for intravenous or parenteral administration.
- compositions for intravenous or parenteral administration comprise a suitable sterile solvent, which may be an isotonic aqueous buffer or pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- the compositions can also include a solubilizing agent.
- Compositions for intravenous administration can optionally include a local anesthetic such as lidocaine to lessen pain at the site of the injection.
- the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
- aptamer containing pharmaceutical compositions are to be administered by infusion, they can be dispensed, for example, with an infusion bottle containing, for example, sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline.
- an ampoule of sterile water for injection, saline, or other solvent such as a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent can be provided so that the ingredients can be mixed prior to administration.
- compositions for oral delivery can be in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, granules, powders, emulsions, capsules, syrups, or elixirs, for example.
- Oral compositions can include standard excipients such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, cellulose, and magnesium carbonate. Typically, the excipients are of pharmaceutical grade.
- Orally administered compositions can also contain one or more agents, for example, sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin; flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry; coloring agents; and preserving agents, to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation.
- the compositions when in tablet or pill form, can be coated to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract thereby providing a sustained action over an extended period of time.
- Selectively permeable membranes surrounding an osmotically active driving compound are also suitable for orally administered compositions.
- a time-delay material such as glycerol monostearate or glycerol stearate can also be used.
- compositions further comprising a solvent can optionally comprise a suitable amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable preservative, if desired, so as to provide additional protection against microbial growth.
- preservatives useful in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention include, but are not limited to, potassium sorbate, methylparaben, propylparaben, benzoic acid and its salts, other esters of parahydroxybenzoic acid such as butylparaben, alcohols such as ethyl or benzyl alcohol, phenolic compounds such as phenol, or quaternary compounds such as benzalkonium chlorides (e.g., benzethonium chloride).
- the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention optionally contain a suitable amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable polymer.
- the polymer can increase the viscosity of the pharmaceutical composition.
- Suitable polymers for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), chitosan, polyacrylic acid, and polymethacrylic acid.
- the polymer is present in an amount ranging from greater than 0 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- the polymer is present in an amount ranging from about 0.1 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- the polymer is present in an amount ranging from about 1 to 7.5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- the polymer is present in an amount ranging from about 1.5 to 5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- the polymer is present in an amount ranging from about 2 to 4 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are substantially free of polymers.
- any additional components added to the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are designated as GRAS by the FDA for use or consumption by animals.
- any additional components added to the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are designated as GRAS by the FDA for use or consumption by humans.
- the components of the pharmaceutical composition are preferably biocompatible and non-toxic and, over time, are simply absorbed and/or metabolized by the body.
- compositions of the invention can further comprise a solvent.
- the solvent comprises water.
- the solvent comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- aptamers are available as the salt of a metal cation, for example, as the potassium or sodium salt. These salts, however, have low solubility in aqueous solvents and/or organic solvents, typically, less than about 25 mg/mL.
- the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention comprising (i) an amino acid ester or amino acid amide and (ii) a protonated aptamer, however, are significantly more soluble in aqueous solvents and/or organic solvents. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the amino acid ester or amino acid amide and the protonated aptamer form a salt, such as illustrated above, and the salt is soluble in aqueous and/or organic solvents.
- compositions comprising (i) an aptamer; (ii) a divalent metal cation; and (iii) optionally a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin form a salt, such as illustrated above, and the salt is soluble in aqueous and/or organic solvents.
- the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is greater than about 2 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is greater than about 5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is greater than about 7.5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is greater than about 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is greater than about 12 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is greater than about 15 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is ranges from about 2 percent to 5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is ranges from about 2 percent to 7.5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent ranges from about 2 percent to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is ranges from about 2 percent to 12 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is ranges from about 2 percent to 15 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is ranges from about 2 percent to 20 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- any pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
- pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvents include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol (i.e., 1,3-propylene glycol), glycerol formal, isosorbide dimethyl ether, ethanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetraglycol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, triacetin, propylene carbonate, dimethyl acetamide, dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, and combinations thereof.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a water soluble solvent.
- a representative pharmaceutically acceptable water soluble organic solvents is triacetin.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a water miscible solvent.
- Representative pharmaceutically acceptable water miscible organic solvents include, but are not limited to, glycerol formal, polyethylene glycol, and propylene glycol.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises pyrrolidone. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is pyrrolidone substantially free of another organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone substantially free of another organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises polyethylene glycol. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is polyethylene glycol substantially free of another organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises propylene glycol. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is propylene glycol substantially free of another organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises glycerol formal. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is glycerol formal substantially free of another organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises isosorbide dimethyl ether. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is isosorbide dimethyl ether substantially free of another organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises ethanol. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is ethanol substantially free of another organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises dimethyl sulfoxide. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is dimethyl sulfoxide substantially free of another organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises tetraglycol. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is tetraglycol substantially free of another organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol substantially free of another organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises triacetin. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is triacetin substantially free of another organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises propylene carbonate. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is propylene carbonate substantially free of another organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises dimethyl acetamide. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is dimethyl acetamide substantially free of another organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises dimethyl formamide. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is dimethyl formamide substantially free of another organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises at least two pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvents.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and glycerol formal. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and glycerol formal. In one embodiment, the ratio of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to glycerol formal ranges from about 90:10 to 10:90.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises propylene glycol and glycerol formal. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is propylene glycol and glycerol formal. In one embodiment, the ratio of propylene glycol to glycerol formal ranges from about 90:10 to 10:90.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a solvent that is recognized as GRAS by the FDA for administration or consumption by animals.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a solvent that is recognized as GRAS by the FDA for administration or consumption by humans.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is substantially free of water. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent contains less than about 1 percent by weight of water. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent contains less about 0.5 percent by weight of water. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent contains less about 0.2 percent by weight of water.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvents that are substantially free of water are advantageous since they are not conducive to bacterial growth. Accordingly, it is typically not necessary to include a preservative in pharmaceutical compositions that are substantially free of water. Another advantage of pharmaceutical compositions that use a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent, preferably substantially free of water, as the solvent is that hydrolysis of the aptamer is minimized.
- aptamer containing pharmaceutical compositions that use a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent as the solvent can be more stable than aptamer containing pharmaceutical compositions that use water as the solvent.
- the pharmaceutical composition is injectable.
- the injectable pharmaceutical compositions are of sufficiently low viscosity that they can be easily drawn into a 20 gauge and needle and then easily expelled from the 20 gauge needle.
- the viscosity of the injectable pharmaceutical compositions are less than about 1,200 cps. In one embodiment, the viscosity of the injectable pharmaceutical compositions are less than about 1,000 cps. In one embodiment, the viscosity of the injectable pharmaceutical compositions are less than about 800 cps. In one embodiment, the viscosity of the injectable pharmaceutical compositions are less than about 500 cps.
- compositions having a viscosity greater than about 1,200 cps and even greater than about 2,000 cps are also within the scope of the invention provided that the compositions can be expelled through an 18 to 24 gauge needle.
- the pharmaceutical composition is injectable and does not form a precipitate when injected into water.
- the pharmaceutical composition is injectable and forms a precipitate when injected into water.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent
- the pharmaceutical composition is injectable and forms a precipitate when injected into water.
- pharmaceutical compositions that comprise a protonated aptamer and an amino acid ester or amide, that the ⁇ -amino group of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide is protonated by the aptamer to form a salt, such as illustrated above, which is soluble in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent but insoluble in water.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises (i) an aptamer; (ii) a divalent metal cation; and (iii) optionally a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin
- the components of the composition form a salt, such as illustrated above, which is soluble in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent but insoluble in water. Accordingly, when the pharmaceutical compositions are injected into an animal, at least a portion of the pharmaceutical composition precipitates at the injection site to provide a drug depot.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent diffuses away from the injection site and aqueous bodily fluids diffuse towards the injection site, resulting in an increase in concentration of water at the injection site, that causes at least a portion of the composition to precipitate and form a drug depot.
- the precipitate can take the form of a solid, a crystal, a gummy mass, or a gel.
- the precipitate provides a depot of the aptamer at the injection site that releases the aptamer over time.
- the components of the pharmaceutical composition i.e., the amino acid ester or amino acid amide, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent, and any other components are biocompatible and non-toxic and, over time, are simply absorbed and/or metabolized by the body.
- the pharmaceutical composition is injectable and forms liposomal or micellar structures when injected into water (typically about 500 ⁇ L are injected into about 4 mL of water).
- liposomal or micellar structures are most often formed when the pharmaceutical composition includes a phospholipid.
- the aptamer in the form of a salt which can be a salt formed with an amino acid ester or amide or can be a salt with a divalent metal cation and optionally a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin, that is trapped within the liposomal or micellar structure.
- a salt which can be a salt formed with an amino acid ester or amide or can be a salt with a divalent metal cation and optionally a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin
- the pharmaceutical composition further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a suspension of solid particles in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- the solid particles comprise a salt formed between the amino acid ester or amino acid amide and the protonated aptamer wherein the acidic phosphate groups of the aptamer protonates the amino group of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide, such as illustrated above, or comprises a salt formed between the aptamer; divalent metal cation; and optional carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin, as illustrated above.
- Pharmaceutical compositions that are suspensions can also form drug depots when injected into an animal.
- the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide can be varied by varying the amino acid and/or the alcohol (or amine) used to form the amino acid ester (or amino acid amide).
- the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid ester can be varied by varying the R 1 hydrocarbon group of the amino acid ester. Typically, increasing the molecular weight of R 1 increase the lipophilicity of the amino acid ester.
- the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid amide can be varied by varying the R 3 or R 4 groups of the amino acid amide.
- the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide it is possible to vary the solubility of the aptamer in water, to vary the solubility of the aptamer in the organic solvent, vary the viscosity of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a solvent, and vary the ease at which the pharmaceutical composition can be drawn into a 20 gauge needle and then expelled from the 20 gauge needle.
- the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide i.e., by varying R 1 of the amino acid ester or R 3 and R 4 of the amino acid amide
- R 1 of the amino acid ester or R 3 and R 4 of the amino acid amide it is possible to control whether the pharmaceutical composition that further comprises an organic solvent will form a precipitate when injected into water.
- different aptamers exhibit different solubility and behavior, generally the higher the molecular weight of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide, the more likely it is that the salt of the protonated aptamer and the amino acid ester of the amide will form a precipitate when injected into water.
- R 1 of the amino acid ester is a hydrocarbon of about C 16 or higher the pharmaceutical composition will form a precipitate when injected into water and when R 1 of the amino acid ester is a hydrocarbon of about C 12 or less the pharmaceutical composition will not form a precipitate when injected into water.
- the salt of the protonated aptamer and the amino acid ester is, in many cases, soluble in water.
- the pharmaceutical composition will typically form a precipitate when injected into water and if the combined number of carbons in R 3 and R 4 is 12 or less the pharmaceutical composition will not form a precipitate when injected into water.
- a pharmaceutical composition that further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent will form a precipitate when injected into water can readily be determined by injecting about 0.05 mL of the pharmaceutical composition into about 4 mL of water at about 98° F. and determining how much material is retained on a 0.22 ⁇ m filter after the composition is mixed with water and filtered.
- a formulation or composition is considered to be injectable when no more than 10% of the formulation is retained on the filter. In one embodiment, no more than 5% of the formulation is retained on the filter. In one embodiment, no more than 2% of the formulation is retained on the filter. In one embodiment, no more than 1% of the formulation is retained on the filter.
- compositions that comprise a protonated aptamer and a diester or diamide of aspartic or glutamic acid
- compositions that comprise an aptamer; a divalent metal cation; and a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin
- compositions that further comprises an organic solvent form a depot when administered to an animal
- the more lipophilic the amino acid ester or amino acid amide the more slowly the aptamer is released from the depot.
- compositions that further comprises an organic solvent and also further comprise a carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, sphingomyelin, or a diester or diamide of aspartic or glutamic acid and form a depot when administered to an animal
- the amount of aptamer in the pellet resulting from the centrifugation can also be determined by collecting the pellet, dissolving the pellet in about 10 ⁇ L of methanol, and analyzing the methanol solution by HPLC to determine the amount of aptamer in the precipitate.
- the amount of aptamer in the aqueous solution and the amount of aptamer in the precipitate are determined by comparing the peak area for the HPLC peak corresponding to the aptamer against a standard curve of aptamer peak area against concentration of aptamer. Suitable HPLC conditions can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- compositions can be prepared by dissolving an inorganic salt of the aptamer, typically a potassium or sodium salt, in a solvent in which it is soluble, for example methanol or water, and adjusting the pH of the resulting solution to a value of between about 2 and 3 with an organic acid, such as formic acid, as depicted below:
- the resulting solution of protonated aptamer is then dialyzed against water to remove excess formic acid and formate salts and if, for example, the neutralization is conducted in a methanol solvent, to replace the methanol with water.
- the water can then be removed from the aqueous solution of the protonated aptamer by lyophilization to provide the protonated aptamer or, alternatively, the aqueous solution of the protonated aptamer can be dialyzed against methanol to replace the water with methanol and then simply removing the methanol under reduced pressure to provide the protonated aptamer.
- a solution of the protonated aptamer can also be prepared using a cation exchange resin.
- a cationion exchange resin known to one skilled in the art can be used, for example, a Strata® SCX cation exchange resin (commercially available from Phenomenex of Torrance, Calif.) or a DOWEX® cation exchange resin, such as DOWEX® 50 (commercially available from Dow Chemical Company of Midland, Mich.) can be used.
- a column containing the cation exchange resin is first washed with an acidic solution to protonate the resin and then a solution of the inorganic salt of the aptamer, typically a potassium or sodium salt, in a solvent, for example methanol or water, is passed through the resin to provide, as the eluant, a solution of the protonated aptamer.
- a solution of the inorganic salt of the aptamer typically a potassium or sodium salt
- a solvent for example methanol or water
- compositions comprising a protonated aptamer and an a pharmaceutically acceptable organic base (using an amino acid ester or amide as a representative pharmaceutically acceptable organic base), the protonated aptamer is dissolved in a solvent, such as methanol, typically with stirring, and to the resulting solution is then added the amino acid ester or amide, as depicted below:
- any other components of the pharmaceutical composition such as a carboxylic acid, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, sphingomyelin, or diester or diamide of aspartic or glutamic acid are then added to the resulting solution.
- sufficient amino acid ester or amide, and any other components are added to provide a solution having a pH value ranging from about 5 to 9. In one embodiment, sufficient amino acid ester or amide, and any other components, are added to provide a solution having a pH value ranging from about 6 to 8. In one embodiment, sufficient amino acid ester or amide, and any other components, are added to provide a solution having a pH value of about 7.
- the pH can be readily measured by removing a few microliters of the solution and applying it to a wet pH test strip (such as commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich of Milwaukee, Wis.) that indicates the pH of the solution by the color of the test strip after the solution is applied.
- the solvent is then removed under reduced pressure to provide the pharmaceutical composition comprising the amino acid ester or amino acid amide and the aptamer.
- the resulting composition can then be dissolved in a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent to provide the pharmaceutical composition comprising the amino acid ester or amino acid amide, the protonated aptamer, and a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutical compositions comprising a protonated aptamer, an amino acid ester or amide, and any other components, and a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent can be prepared by dissolving the protonated aptamer in the pharmaceutically acceptable solvent and adding the amino acid ester or amide and any other components to the resulting solution, preferably with stirring, to provide the pharmaceutical composition.
- the protonated aptamer is dissolved in a solvent, such as methanol, and to the resulting solution is added a metal salt, such as a metal acetate, or a metal hydroxide, preferably with stirring.
- a solvent such as methanol
- a metal salt such as a metal acetate, or a metal hydroxide
- the solvent is then removed under reduced pressure to provide the pharmaceutical composition comprising the aptamer; a divalent metal cation; and a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin.
- the resulting composition can then be dissolved in a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent to provide the pharmaceutical composition comprising the aptamer; a divalent metal cation; and a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin; and a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- the pharmaceutical compositions comprising an aptamer; a divalent metal cation; and a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin; and a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent
- a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent can be prepared by dissolving the protonated aptamer in the pharmaceutically acceptable solvent; adding a metal salt, such as a metal acetate, or a metal hydroxide to the resulting solution, preferably with stirring; and then adding the carboxylic acid, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin, preferably with stirring, to provide the pharmaceutical composition.
- a polylysine solution such as a methanol solution
- a solution such as a methanol solution
- the methanol is then removed under reduced pressure to provide the pharmaceutical composition comprising a protonated aptamer and polylysine.
- the polylysine is obtained from commercially available polylysine hydrobromide (commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.) by simply neutralizing a solution (such as a methanol or water solution) of the polylysine hydrobromide with ammonium hydroxide to provide a solution having a pH value ranging from about 10 to 12.
- a solution such as a methanol or water solution
- the resulting solution of polylysine is then dialyzed against water to remove excess ammonium bromide and ammonium hydroxide and if, for example, the neutralization is conducted in a methanol solvent, to replace the methanol with water.
- the water can then be removed from the aqueous solution of the polylysine by lyophilization to provide the polylysine or, alternatively, the aqueous solution of the polylysine can be dialyzed against methanol to replace the water with methanol and then the methanol simply removed under reduced pressure to provide the polylysine.
- compositions of the invention are useful in human medicine and veterinary medicine. Accordingly, the invention further relates to a method of treating or preventing a condition in an animal comprising administering to the animal an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
- the invention relates to methods of treating a condition in an animal comprising administering to an animal in need thereof an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
- the invention relates to methods of preventing a condition in an animal comprising administering to an animal in need thereof an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
- Methods of administration include, but are not limited to, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, oral, sublingual, intracerebral, intravaginal, transdermal, rectal, by inhalation, or topical.
- the mode of administration is left to the discretion of the practitioner. In most instances, administration will result in the release of the aptamer into the bloodstream.
- the method of treating or preventing a condition in an animal comprises administering to the animal in need thereof an effective amount of an aptamer by parenterally administering the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
- the pharmaceutical compositions are administered by infusion or bolus injection.
- the pharmaceutical composition is administered subcutaneously.
- the method of treating or preventing a condition in an animal comprises administering to the animal in need thereof an effective amount of an aptamer by orally administering the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
- the composition is in the form of a capsule or tablet.
- compositions can also be administered by any other convenient route, for example, topically, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral, rectal, and intestinal mucosa, etc.).
- epithelial or mucocutaneous linings e.g., oral, rectal, and intestinal mucosa, etc.
- compositions can be administered systemically or locally.
- compositions can be administered together with another biologically active agent.
- the animal is a mammal.
- the animal is a human.
- the animal is a non-human animal.
- the animal is a canine, a feline, an equine, a bovine, an ovine, or a porcine.
- the effective amount administered to the animal depends on a variety of factors including, but not limited to the type of animal being treated, the condition being treated, the severity of the condition, and the specific aptamer being administered.
- One of ordinary skill in the art will readily know what is an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition to treat a condition in an animal.
- the aptamer is a anti-Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF) aptamer. In one embodiment, the aptamer is a anti-Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF) aptamer and the disorder is an ocular disorder.
- VEGF anti-Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor
- Representative ocular disorders include, but are not limited to, age-related macular degeneration, optic disc neovascularization, iris neovascularization, retinal neovascularization, choroidal neovascularization, corneal neovascularization, vitreal neovascularization, glaucoma, pannus, pterygium, macular edema, vascular retinopathy, retinal degeneration, uveitis, inflammatory diseases of the retina, or proliferative vitreoretinopathy.
- Virtually any method of delivering a medication to the eye may be used for the delivery of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
- the pharmaceutical composition is administered intravitreally, for example, via intravitreal injection.
- the pharmaceutical composition is administered transclerally.
- the aptamer is an aptamer that inhibits angiogenesis.
- the aptamer is an aptamer that inhibits angiogenesis and the disease being treated is cancer. In one embodiment, the aptamer is an aptamer that inhibits angiogenesis and the disease being treated is a solid tumor.
- Tryptophane butanoate 1 g of tryptophane butanoate hydrochloride salt (commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.) was suspended in 25 mL of dichloromethane and 600 ⁇ l of triethylamine was added to the suspension with stirring. Stirring was continued for 15 min and the resulting solution was transferred to a separatory funnel. The organic solution was washed twice with 25 mL of water followed by 25 mL of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide tryptophane butanoate. The structure was confirmed using mass spectroscopy.
- Tryptophane octanoate 4 g of tryptophane butanoate hydrochloride salt (commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo. (www.sima-aldrich.com)) was suspended in 100 mL of dichloromethane and 3 ml of triethylamine was added to the suspension with stirring. Stirring was continued for 15 min and the resulting solution was transferred to a separatory funnel. The organic solution was washed twice with 25 mL of water followed by 25 mL of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide tryptophane octanoate. The structure was confirmed using mass spectroscopy.
- Tyrosine butanoate 18.19 g of tyrosine was suspended in a solution of 9.8 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 40 mL water, 40 mL of butanol, and 200 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled. The resulting solution was cooled in an ice bath, which caused the solution to separate into two phases. The upper phase was discarded and the lower phase, an oily syrup, was retained.
- the syrup was mixed with sufficient 5% aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution to neutralize acidic impurities to provide a solid that was collected by filtration and washed with cold water. The resulting solid was re-crystallized in ethyl acetate.
- Isoleucine butyrate 26.23 g of isoleucine was dissolved in a solution of 20 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 20 mL water, 40 mL of butanol, and 200 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled. The resulting solution was then cooled to room temperature and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate to neutralize acidic impurities, washed with saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting liquid distilled under vacuum to provide isoleucine butyrate as a colorless liquid.
- Phenylalanine butyrate 16.52 g of isoleucine was dissolved in a solution of 10 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 20 mL water, 20 mL of butanol, and 200 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled. The resulting solution was then cooled to room temperature and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate to neutralize acidic impurities, washed with saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting liquid distilled under vacuum to provide phenylalanine butyrate.
- Phenylalanine octanoate 16.52 g of phenylalanine was dissolved in a solution of 10 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 20 mL water, 20 mL of octanol, and 120 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled. The resulting solution was then cooled to room temperature and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate to neutralize acidic impurities, washed with saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to provide phenylalanine octanoate as a white solid that was purified using a silica gel column eluted with a 1:9 methanol:dichloromethane mixture.
- Phenylalanine dodecanoate 16.52 g of phenylalanine was dissolved in a solution of 10 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 20 mL water, 20 mL of dodecanol, and 120 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled. The resulting solution was then cooled to room temperature and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate to neutralize acidic impurities, washed with saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to provide phenylalanine dodecanoate as a solid that was purified using a silica gel column eluted with a 1:9 methanol:dichloromethane mixture.
- Tyrosine octanoate 9.06 g of tyrosine was dissolved in a solution of 10 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 20 mL water, 10 mL of octanol, and 200 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled. The resulting solution was then cooled to room temperature and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate to neutralize acidic impurities to provide an emulsion. About 150 mL of ethyl acetate was added to the emulsion to provide two phases.
- aqueous phase was discarded and the organic phase washed with saturated Brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
- the solvent was the removed under reduced pressure to provide tyrosine octanoate as a white solid that was purified using a silica gel column eluted with a 1:9 methanol:dichloromethane mixture.
- Isoleucine octanoate 13.1 g of isoleucine was dissolved in a solution of 10 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 20 mL water, 20 mL of octanol, and 200 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus placed in an oil bath. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled.
- the resulting solution was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with 120 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layer washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate to neutralize acidic impurities, washed with saturated Brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting liquid distilled to provide isoleucine octanoate as a colorless liquid.
- Proline butanoate 34.5 g of proline was suspended in a solution of 35 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 40 mL water, 120 mL of butanol, and 200 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled. The resulting solution was then cooled to room temperature, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate to neutralize acidic impurities, washed with saturated Brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting liquid distilled to provide proline butanoate as a colorless liquid.
- Lysine hexadecanoate BOC protected lysine (6.25 g, 0.018 mole) was dissolved in about 40 mL of tetrahydrofuran under a nitrogen atmosphere. The solution was cooled to about 0° C. using an ice-water bath and carbonyl diimidazole (2.93 g, 0.018 mole) was added to the cooled solution. The reaction mixture was then allowed to stir for about 5 min. at about 5° C. and then for about 30 min. at room temperature. To the resulting solution was then added by dropwise addition a solution of hexadecanol (4.38 g, 0.018 mole) in about 10 mL of tetrahydrofuran.
- the resulting solution was then warmed to about 45° C. and allowed to stir for about 12 h. After stirring, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure; the resulting residue dissolved in ethyl acetate; the ethyl acetate washed with 0.1 N hydrochloric acid (3 times), saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (3 times), and brine (3 times); and the organic phase dried (Na 2 SO 4 ). The ethyl acetate was then removed under reduced pressure to provide crude BOC protected lysine hexadecanoate that was purified using silica gel column chromatography eluted with 0 to 20 percent ethyl acetate in hexane.
- a pharmaceutical compositions containing pegylated ARC259 was prepared by adding 108 mg of protonated pegylated ARC259 to 800 ⁇ L of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and sonicating the resulting mixture for about 25 min. to provide a clear thick solution. To the clear thick solution was then added 120 ⁇ L of a solution of isoleucine butyrate in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (about 71.5 mg/mL) and the resulting clear solution made up to a volume of 1 mL with N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to provide the pharmaceutical composition.
- a pharmaceutical compositions containing pegylated ARC259 was prepared by adding 108 mg of protonated pegylated ARC259 to 800 ⁇ L of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and allowing the resulting mixture to be shaken for about 14 h. using an automatic shaker to provide a clear thick solution. To the clear thick solution was then added 120 ⁇ L of a solution of isoleucine butyrate in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (about 71.5 mg/mL) and the resulting clear solution made up to a volume of 1 mL with N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to provide the pharmaceutical composition.
- a pharmaceutical compositions containing pegylated ARC259 was prepared by adding 108 mg of protonated pegylated ARC259 to 800 ⁇ L of glycerol formal and sonicating the resulting mixture for about 25 min. to provide a clear thick solution. To the clear thick solution was then added 120 ⁇ L of a solution of isoleucine butyrate in glycerol formal (about 71.5 mg/mL) and the resulting clear solution made up to a volume of 1 mL with glycerol formal to provide the pharmaceutical composition.
- compositions containing pegylated ARC259 at a concentration of about 10% (w/v) and 1 equivalent of isoleucine ethanoate, isoleucine butanoate, isoleucine hexanoate, isoleucine octanoate, isoleucine decanoate, isoleucine dodecanoate, or isoleucine hexadecanoate per acidic groups on the aptamer dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone were prepared.
- the pharmaceutical compositions were prepared by adding 75 mg of protonated aptamer to 0.7 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and then adding an appropriate amount of the isoleucine ester as indicated below:
- the viscosity of the resulting pharmaceutical compositions was then determined using a Brookfield DV-II-PRO viscometer (commercially available from Brookfield of Marlboro, Mass.) with a cone and plate sampler, a CPE-40 spindle, a sample size of 0.5 mL, a speed of 3 rpm, and a temperature controlled to be 25° C.
- FIG. 1 shows a graphical representation of the viscosity of the pharmaceutical composition v. number of carbons in the alcohol group of the isoleucine ester. The results show that, in general, increasing the number of carbons in the alcohol group of the ester decreases the viscosity of the pharmaceutical composition up to 8 carbons in the alcohol group of the ester.
- the C 12 ester however, has a viscosity that is less than the C 16 ester.
- compositions containing pegylated ARC259 at a concentration of about 10% (w/v) and 1 equivalent, 2 equivalents, or 6 equivalents of isoleucine decanoate per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone were prepared.
- the compositions were prepared by adding 75 mg of protonated aptamer to 0.7 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and then adding 1 equivalent (10.6 mg, 12.7 ⁇ L), 2 equivalents (21.2 mg, 25.4 ⁇ L), or 3 equivalents (31.8 mg, 38.1 ⁇ L) of isoleucine decanoate.
- the volume of the solution was then made to a volume of 0.75 mL with N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, if necessary, to provide a clear solution.
- the viscosity of the resulting compositions was then determined using the method described above.
- FIG. 2 shows a graphical representation of the viscosity of the pharmaceutical composition v. equivalents of isoleucine decanoate per equivalent of acidic functional groups on the aptamer.
- the results show that the viscosity of the pharmaceutical composition decreases as the number of equivalents of isoleucine decanoate is increased up to about 2 equivalents of isoleucine decanoate per equivalent of acidic functional groups on the aptamer. Thereafter the viscosity appears to remain unchanged up to 6 equivalents of isoleucine decanoate per equivalent of acidic functional groups on the aptamer.
- compositions containing pegylated ARC259 at a concentration of about 10% (w/v) and 4 equivalents or 6 equivalents of isoleucine decanoate, isoleucine dodecanoate, or isoleucine hexadecanoate per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone were prepared.
- the compositions were prepared by adding 75 mg of protonated aptamer to 0.7 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and then adding an appropriate amount of the ester as indicated below:
- each pharmaceutical composition 50 ⁇ L was then injected into 4 mL of water. In each case, a precipitate was observed to form when the pharmaceutical composition was injected into the water.
- compositions containing pegylated ARC259 at a concentration of about 10% (w/v) and 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, or 10 equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone were also prepared following the same procedure described above to provide a clear solution. 50 ⁇ L of each composition was then injected in 4 mL of water. In each case, a precipitate was observed to form when the pharmaceutical composition was injected into the water.
- the precipitate remained for about 2 days before dissolving.
- the precipitate remained for about 4 days and 6 days, respectively, before dissolving.
- compositions Containing an Aptamer and a Lysine Ester and a Fatty Acid in an Organic Solvent
- a pharmaceutical composition was prepared by adding 100 mg of pegylated ARC259 and 9.6 mg of the ester formed between lysine hexadecanoate (about 1 eq. per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer) to 650 ⁇ L of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. An additional 30.4 mg of the lysine hexadecanoate was then added to the resulting solution followed by 15 mg of lauric acid. The volume of the resulting solution was then made up to 1 mL with N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to provide a clear solution. When 50 ⁇ L of the pharmaceutical composition was injected into 4 mL of water, a precipitate was observed to form.
- compositions Containing an Aptamer, an Isoleucine Ester, and a Phospholipid
- a solution was prepared by dissolving 307 mg of Phospholipon® 80 (commercially available from Phospholipid GmbH of Cologne, Germany or American Lecithin Company of Oxford, Conn.) in 5 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to provide “solution A.”
- 108 mg of pegylated ARC259 was then dissolved in 800 ⁇ L of solution A followed by 11.5 ⁇ L of isoleucine butyrate.
- the resulting mixture was then sonicated to provide a clear solution and the volume of the solution was made up to 1 mL with solution A to provide the pharmaceutical composition as a clear solution.
- 50 ⁇ L of the pharmaceutical composition was injected into 4 mL of water, a gel like precipitate was observed to form.
- the solution of the precipitate in water was shaken, liposomal and micellar structures were also observed which may not be retained on a 0.22 ⁇ m filter.
- Similar pharmaceutical compositions can be made using other esters or amides of amino acids, other organic solvents, and/or other phospholipids.
- compositions Containing an Aptamer, a Divalent Metal Ion, and a Phospholipid
- a pharmaceutical composition was prepared by dissolving 19 mg of pegylated ARC259 in 0.5 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone containing 10% (w/v) of Phospholipon® 80 (commercially available from Phospholipid GmbH of Cologne, Germany or American Lecithin Company of Oxford, Conn.). To the resulting solution was added 0.4 mL of neat N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone followed by 25 mg of zinc acetate with mixing to provide a clear solution. When 50 ⁇ L of the pharmaceutical composition was injected into 4 mL of water, a gel like precipitate was observed to form. When the solution of the precipitate in water was shaken, liposomal and micellar structures were also observed which may not be retained on a 0.22 ⁇ m filter.
- Similar pharmaceutical compositions can be made using other esters or amides of amino acids, other divalent metal ions, other organic solvents, and/or other phospholipids.
- the amount of aptamer in the pellet can also be determined by dissolving the pellet in about 3 mL of methanol and analyzing the methanol solution by a suitable HPLC method to determine the amount of aptamer in the precipitate.
- the amount of aptamer in the aqueous solution and the amount of aptamer in the precipitate can be determined by comparing the peak area for the HPLC peak corresponding to the aptamer against a standard curve of aptamer peak area against concentration of aptamer.
- Suitable HPLC methods can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art. For example for the aptamer used in the above experiments (i.e., pegylated ARC259) the following HPLC method can be used.
- the HPLC column is eluted using the following gradient elution profile:
- the aptamer has a retention time of about 3 min.
- Example 7B 50 ⁇ L of the pharmaceutical composition of Example 7B containing 10 equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate was injected into 4 mL of water to provide a precipitate and the precipitate and supernatant were separated by centrifugation following the procedure described above to provide a pellet and a supernatant liquid.
- the pellet was dissolved in about 3 mL of methanol.
- the supernatant and the methanol solution of the pellet were then analyzed by HPLC using the conditions described above using the basic mobile phase.
- FIG. 3 shows an HPLC chromatogram of the supernatant (lower trace) and an HPLC chromatogram of the methanol solution of the pellet (upper trace).
- the HPLC chromatogram shows that about 5% of the aptamer was in the supernatant and about 95% of the aptamer was in the pellet.
- FIG. 4 shows HPLC analysis of the pharmaceutical composition of Example 4B containing 10 equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate. 50 ⁇ L of the pharmaceutical composition was injected into about 3 mL of methanol and the resulting methanol solution analyzed by HPLC using the HPLC parameters described above. Trace A is the HPLC chromatogram the pharmaceutical composition obtained using the basic mobile phase. Trace B is the HPLC chromatogram the pharmaceutical composition obtained using the acidic mobile phase. Trace C is the HPLC chromatogram of the aptamer dissolved in methanol using the basic mobile phase.
- FIG. 4 also shows that when the pharmaceutical composition is analyzed using the acidic mobile phase a less sharp peak at a later retention time is obtained (Trace B) compared to analysis using the basic mobile phase.
- Trace B a less sharp peak at a later retention time is obtained
- the aptamer and the lysine hexadecanoate remain associated resulting in the peak corresponding to the aptamer eluting later and being a less sharp peak.
- the basic mobile phase shows that the basic mobile phase is better for analyzing the aptamer by HPLC.
- FIG. 4 also shows that the complex between the aptamer and the amino acid (in this example lysine hexadecanoate) remain associated under acidic conditions. Accordingly, this suggests that when a pharmaceutical composition of the invention is orally administered to an animal, it is likely that the complex between the aptamer and the amino acid will remain associated in the acidic environment of the stomach, which could result in extended release of the aptamer and/or better absorption of the aptamer.
- the amino acid in this example lysine hexadecanoate
- compositions Containing an Aptamer a Lysine Ester and a Fatty Acid in an Organic Solvent, Wherein the Lysine Ester is Present in an Excess Relative to the Aptamer
- a pharmaceutical composition was prepared by adding 100 mg of pegylated ARC259 to 1 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. The resulting mixture was mixed using a vortex mixer and occasionally sonicated to provide a clear viscous solution. To the clear viscous solution was added 40 mg of lysine hexadecanoate and the resulting mixture mixed using a vortex mixer to provide a clear solution. The pH of the resulting solution, determined as described above using a wet pH test strip (such as commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich of Milwaukee, Wis.), was basic. To the basic solution was added 15 mg of lauric acid and the resulting mixture mixed using a vortex mixer to provide a clear solution. The pH of the clear solution, determined as described above using a wet pH test strip was neutral, i.e., about pH 7. When 50 ⁇ L of the pharmaceutical composition was injected into 4 mL of water, a precipitate was observed to form.
- a pharmaceutical composition was prepared by adding 100 mg of pegylated ARC259 to 1 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. The resulting mixture was mixed using a vortex mixer and occasionally sonicated to provide a clear viscous solution. To the clear viscous solution was added 8 mg of polyacrylic acid (20,000 molecular weight, commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich of Milwaukee, Wis.) and the resulting mixture mixed using a vortex mixer to provide a clear solution. The pH of the resulting solution, determined as described above using a wet pH test strip (such as commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich of Milwaukee, Wis.), was slightly basic.
Abstract
Pharmaceutical compositions comprising an aptamer and an amino acid ester or amide or an aptamer; a divalent metal cation; and a carboxylic acid, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin. Methods of treating or preventing a condition in an animal comprising administering to the animal the pharmaceutical compositions.
Description
- This application claims the benefit of U.S. provisional application No. 60/736,862, filed Nov. 16, 2005, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference thereto.
- Not Applicable.
- Not Applicable.
- The invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions for administering an aptamer to an animal in need thereof. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions comprise (i) an aptamer and (ii) an amino acid ester or amide. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions comprise (i) an aptamer; (ii) a divalent metal cation; and (iii) optionally a carboxylic acid, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin.
- Aptamers, are oligonucleotides, which can be synthetic or natural, that bind to a particular target molecule, such as a protein or metabolite. Typically, the binding is through interactions other than classic Watson-Crick base pairing.
- Aptamers represent a promising class of therapeutic agents currently in pre-clinical and clinical development. Like biologics, e.g., peptides or monoclonal antibodies, aptamers are capable of binding specifically to molecular targets and, through binding, inhibiting target function. A typical aptamer is 10-15 kDa in size (i.e., 30-45 nucleotides), binds its target with sub-nanomolar affinity, and discriminates among closely related targets (e.g., will typically not bind other proteins from the same gene family) (Griffin, et al. (1993), Gene 137(1): 25-31; Jenison, et al. (1998), Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev. 8(4): 265-79; Bell, et al. (1999), In Vitro Cell. Dev. Biol. Anim. 35(9): 533-42; Watson, et al. (2000), Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev. 10(2): 63-75; Daniels, et al. (2002), Anal. Biochem. 305(2): 214-26; Chen, et al. (2003), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 100(16): 9226-31; Khati, et al. (2003), J. Virol. 77(23): 12692-8; Vaish, et al. (2003), Biochemistry 42(29): 8842-51).
- Aptamers can be created by an entirely in vitro selection process (Systematic Evaluation of Ligands by Experimental Enrichment, i.e., SELEX™) from libraries of random sequence oligonucleotides as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,475,096 and 5,270,163. Aptamers have been generated against numerous proteins of therapeutic interest, including growth factors, enzymes, immunoglobulins, and receptors (Ellington and Szostak (1990), Nature 346(6287): 818-22; Tuerk and Gold (1990), Science 249(4968): 505-510).
- Aptamers have a number of attractive characteristics for use as therapeutics. In addition to high target affinity and specificity, aptamers have shown little or no toxicity or immunogenicity in standard assays (Wlotzka, et al. (2002), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 99(13): 8898-902). Indeed, several therapeutic aptamers have been optimized and advanced through varying stages of pre-clinical development, including pharmacokinetic analysis, characterization of biological efficacy in cellular and animal disease models, and preliminary safety pharmacology assessment (Reyderman and Stavchansky (1998), Pharmaceutical Research 15(6): 904-10; Tucker et al., (1999), J. Chromatography B. 732: 203-212; Watson, et al. (2000), Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev. 10(2): 63-75).
- It is important that the pharmacokinetic properties for all oligonucleotide-based therapeutics, including aptamers, be tailored to match the desired pharmaceutical application. While aptamers directed against extracellular targets do not suffer from difficulties associated with intracellular delivery (as is the case with antisense and RNAi-based therapeutics), the aptamer must be distributed to target organs and tissues, and remain in the body (unmodified) for a period of time consistent with the desired dosing regimen. Early work on nucleic acid-based therapeutics has shown that, while unmodified oligonucleotides are degraded rapidly by nuclease digestion, protective modifications at the 2′-position of the sugar, and use of inverted terminal cap structures, e.g., [3′-3′ dT], dramatically improve nucleic acid stability in vitro and in vivo (Green, et al. (1995), Chem. Biol. 2(10): 683-95; Jellinek, et al. (1995), Biochemistry 34(36): 11363-72; Rudman, et al. (1998), J. Biol. Chem. 273(32): 20556-67; Uhlmann, et al. (2000), Methods Enzymol. 313: 268-84). In some SELEX selections (i.e., SELEX experiments or SELEX ions), starting pools of nucleic acids from which aptamers are selected are typically pre-stabilized by chemical modification, for example by incorporation of 2′-fluoropyrimidine (2′-F) substituted nucleotides, to enhance resistance of aptamers against nuclease attack. Aptamers incorporating 2′-O-methylpurine (2′-OMe purine) substituted nucleotides have also been developed through post-SELEX modification steps or, more recently, by enabling synthesis of 2′-OMe-containing random sequence libraries as an integral component of the SELEX process itself.
- In addition to clearance by nucleases, oligonucleotide therapeutics are subject to elimination via renal filtration. As such, a nuclease-resistant oligonucleotide administered intravenously exhibits an in vivo half-life of <10 min, unless filtration can be blocked. This can be accomplished by either facilitating rapid distribution out of the blood stream into tissues or by increasing the apparent molecular weight of the oligonucleotide above the effective size cut-off for the glomerulus. Conjugation to a PEG polymer (“PEGylation”) can dramatically lengthen residence times of aptamers in circulation, thereby decreasing dosing frequency and enhancing effectiveness against targets. Previous work in animals has examined the plasma pharmacokinetic properties of PEG-conjugated aptamers (Reyderman and Stavchansky (1998), Pharmaceutical Research 15(6): 904-10; Watson, et al. (2000), Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev. 10(2): 63-75)). Determining the extravasation of an aptamer therapeutic, including aptamer therapeutics conjugated to a modifying moiety or containing modified nucleotides and, in particular, determining the potential of aptamers or their modified forms to access diseased tissues (for example, sites of inflammation, or the interior of tumors) define the spectrum of therapeutic opportunities for aptamer intervention.
- Typically, therapeutic aptamers are administered by injection, for example, by subcutaneous injection. Accordingly, the aptamer must be dissolved in a liquid vehicle for administration. The relatively high molecular weight of aptamers, and in particular aptamers that have been derivatized, for example by PEGylation, however, often makes it difficult to obtain a pharmaceutical composition wherein the aptamer is dissolved in a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent at a sufficient concentration to provide a pharmaceutical composition that is clinically useful for administration to an animal.
- U.S. published application no. 2005/0175708 discloses a composition of matter that permits the sustained delivery of aptamers to a mammal. The aptamers are administered as microspheres that permit sustained release of the aptamers to the site of interest so that the aptamers can exert their biological activity over a prolonged period of time. The aptamers, can be anti-VEGF aptamers.
- P. Burmeister et al., (2004), Chemistry and Biology: 15, 25-33 disclose a method for generating a 2′-O-methyl aptamer (ARC245) that binds to vascular endothelial growth factor, which exhibits good stability.
- Accordingly, there is a need in the art for improved pharmaceutical compositions, wherein the therapeutic agent is an aptamer. In particular, there is a need for pharmaceutical composition wherein the aptamer can be dissolved in a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent at a sufficient concentration to provide a pharmaceutical composition that is clinically useful for administration to an animal. The present invention addresses this as well as other needs.
- Citation of any reference in this application is not to be construed as an admission that such reference is prior art to the present application.
- The invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
- (i) a salt formed between a protonated aptamer and a pharmaceutically acceptable organic base; and
- (ii) a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is a solution of the salt in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- The invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
-
- (i) an amino acid ester of formula:
- wherein
-
- R is the amino acid side chain; and
- R1 is a C1 to C22 hydrocarbon group; or
an amino acid amide of general formula:
- wherein
-
- R is the amino acid side chain;
- R3 is a C1 to C22 hydrocarbon group; and
- R4 is hydrogen or a C1 to C22 hydrocarbon group; and
- (ii) a protonated aptamer.
- In one embodiment, the amino acid ester or amide is an ester or an amide of lysine and the pharmaceutical composition further comprises one or more of a carboxylic acid, a phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin.
- In one embodiment, the amino acid ester or amide is a diester or diamide of aspartic or glutamic acid.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions further comprises a solvent. In one embodiment, the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- The invention also relates to a pharmaceutical compositions comprising
-
- (i) an aptamer; and
- (ii) a divalent metal cation; and
- (iii) a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin.
- The invention also relates to methods of administering an aptamer to an animal comprising administering to the animal a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
- The invention also relates to methods of treating or preventing a condition in an animal comprising administering to the animal a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
-
FIG. 1 . is a graphical representation of the viscosity of pharmaceutical compositions of the invention containing an aptamer at a concentration of 10% (w/v) and 1 equivalent of isoleucine ethanoate, isoleucine butanoate, isoleucine hexanoate, isoleucine octanoate, isoleucine decanoate, isoleucine dodecanoate, or isoleucine hexadecanoate per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. -
FIG. 2 is a graphical representation of the viscosity of pharmaceutical compositions of the invention containing an aptamer at a concentration of 10% (w/v) and 1, 2, or 6 equivalents of the ester formed between isoleucine decanoate and a per equivalent of acidic functional groups on the aptamer dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. -
FIG. 3 is an HPLC chromatogram, obtained using the HPLC parameters described in Example 11, of the supernatant (lower trace) and the pellet (upper trace) formed when 50 μL of the pharmaceutical composition of Example 7B containing 10 equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate is injected into 4 mL of water to provide a precipitate and the resulting precipitate and supernatant are separated by centrifugation as described in Example 8. -
FIG. 4 is an HPLC chromatogram, obtained using the HPLC parameters described in Example 11, of the pharmaceutical composition of Example 7B containing 10 equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate using the basic mobile phase (Trace A) and the acidic mobile phase (Trace B). Trace C is the HPLC chromatogram of the aptamer dissolved in methanol. - The invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
- (i) a salt formed between a protonated aptamer and a pharmaceutically acceptable organic base; and
- (iii) a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is a solution of the salt in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions comprises:
- (i) an amino acid ester or an amino acid amide and
- (ii) a protonated aptamer.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a solvent. In one embodiment, the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises:
-
- (i) an ester or an amide of lysine;
- (ii) a protonated aptamer; and
- (iii) a carboxylic acid.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a solvent. In one embodiment, the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises:
-
- (i) an ester or an amide of lysine;
- (ii) a protonated aptamer; and
- (iii) a phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a solvent. In one embodiment, the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises:
-
- (i) a diester or diamide of aspartic or glutamic acid; and
- (ii) a protonated aptamer.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a solvent. In one embodiment, the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions comprises
-
- (i) an aptamer; and
- (ii) a divalent metal cation; and
- (iii) a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin.
- The invention also relates to methods of treating or preventing a condition in an animal comprising administering to the animal a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
- As used herein, the following terms have the following meaning:
- The term “aptamer,” as used herein, means an oligonucleotide, which can be synthetic or natural, which can bind to a particular target molecule, such as a protein or metabolite, other than by Watson-Crick base pairing and have a pharmacological effect in an animal. Aptamers can be synthesized using conventional phosphodiester linked nucleotides and synthesized using standard solid or solution phase synthesis techniques which are known to those skilled in the art (See, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,475,096 and 5,270,163). The binding of aptamers to a target polypeptide can be readily tested by assays known to those skilled in the art. The term “protonated aptamer,” as used herein, means an aptamer wherein at least one of the phosphate groups of the aptamer is protonated. In one embodiment, all of the phosphate groups of the aptamer are protonated.
- Typically, the pharmacological effect is treating or preventing a condition in an animal.
- The term “condition,” as used herein means an interruption, cessation, or disorder of a bodily function, system, or organ. Representative conditions include, but are not limited to, diseases such as cancer, inflammation, diabetes, and organ failure.
- The phrase “treating,” “treatment of,” and the like includes the amelioration or cessation of a specified condition.
- The phrase “preventing,” “prevention of,” and the like include the avoidance of the onset of a condition.
- “C1-C22 hydrocarbon group” means a straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, aromatic or non-aromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic group having from 1 to 22 carbon atoms. Similarly, phrases such as “C1-C22 hydrocarbon group,” “C1-C16 hydrocarbon group,” “C1-C10 hydrocarbon group,” “C15 hydrocarbon group,” “C1-C3 hydrocarbon group,” “C16-C22 hydrocarbon group,” “C8-C18 hydrocarbon group,” “C10-C18 hydrocarbon group,” and “C16-C18 hydrocarbon group” means a straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, aromatic or non-aromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic group having from 1 to 21 carbon atoms, from 1 to 16 carbon atoms, from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, from 1 to 5 carbon atoms, 1 to 3 carbon atoms, 16 to 22 carbon atoms, 8 to 18 carbon atoms, 10 to 18 carbon atoms, and 16 to 18 carbon atoms, respectively. Accordingly, the phrase “an acyl group of formula —C(O)—R1, wherein R1 is a C1 to C21 group means an acyl group of formula —C(O)—R1, wherein R1 is a straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, aromatic or non-aromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 21 carbon atoms. Representative acyl groups of formula —C(O)—R1, wherein R1 is an unsubstituted C1 to C21 group include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, hexanoyl, caproyl, laurolyl, myristoyl, palmitoyl, stearoyl, palmioleoyl, oleoyl, linoleoyl, linolenoyl, and benzoyl.
- The term “lower alkyl,” as used herein means a C1-C6 hydrocarbon group.
- The term “salt,” as used herein, means two compounds that are not covalently bound but are chemically bound by ionic interactions.
- The term “pharmaceutically acceptable,” as used herein, when referring to a component of a pharmaceutical composition means that the component, when administered to an animal, does not have undue adverse effects such as excessive toxicity, irritation, or allergic response commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Accordingly, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent,” as used herein, means an organic solvent that when administered to an animal does not have undue adverse effects such as excessive toxicity, irritation, or allergic response commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Preferably, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a solvent that is generally recognized as safe (“GRAS”) by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). Similarly, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable organic base,” as used herein, means an organic base that when administered to an animal does not have undue adverse effects such as excessive toxicity, irritation, or allergic response commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- The term “water miscible organic solvent,” as used herein, means an organic solvent that is capable of mixing with water in any ratio without separating into two phases.
- The term “water soluble organic solvent,” as used herein, means an organic solvent that has a significant level of solubility in water. Typically, a water soluble organic solvent is soluble in water in an amount of at least about 5 percent by weight, preferably at least about 10 percent by weight, more preferably at least about 20 percent by weight, and most preferably at least about 50 percent by weight. For example, triacetin is considered a water soluble solvent since it is soluble in water at a ratio of about 1:14.
- The phrase “forms a precipitate,” as used herein, means that the pharmaceutical composition forms a precipitate, or solid, when injected into water or into a physiological (in vivo) environment. A precipitate is an insoluble solid formed in a solvent at room temperature in vitro or in a physiological (in vivo) environment. The precipitate can take many forms such as, for example, a solid, a crystal, a gummy mass, or a gel. Preferably, the precipitate is a gummy mass or a gel. A composition of the invention forms a precipitate in water when at least 10% of the composition is retained on a 0.22 μm filter when the composition is mixed with water and filtered at 98° F. Typically, to form the precipitate, about 50 μL to 0.5 mL of the pharmaceutical composition is injected into about 4-5 mL of water. In one embodiment, about 50 μL of the pharmaceutical composition is injected into about 4 mL of water.
- The term “fatty acid,” as used herein means a carboxylic acid of formula R—C(O)OH, wherein R a is C6-C22 linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, hydrocarbon group. Representative fatty acids include, but are not limited to, caproic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, palmic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, and linolenic acid.
- The term “polycarboxylic acid,” as that term is used herein means a polymeric compound having more than one —C(O)OH group. One of ordinary skill in the art would readily recognize polymeric compounds that have more than one —C(O)OH group. Representative polycarboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, hyaluronic acid, polyglutamic acid, polyaspartic acid, and polyacrylic acid.
- The phrase “injectable” or “injectable composition,” as used herein, means a composition that can be drawn into a syringe and injected subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, or intramuscularly into an animal without causing adverse effects due to the presence of solid material in the composition. Solid materials include, but are not limited to, crystals, gummy masses, and gels. Typically, a formulation or composition is considered to be injectable when no more than about 15%, preferably no more than about 10%, more preferably no more than about 5%, even more preferably no more than about 2%, and most preferably no more than about 1% of the formulation is retained on a 0.22 μm filter when the formulation is filtered through the filter at 98° F. There are, however, some compositions of the invention, which are gels, that can be easily dispensed from a syringe but will be retained on a 0.22 μm filter. In one embodiment, the term “injectable,” as used herein, includes these gel compositions. In one embodiment, the term “injectable,” as used herein, further includes compositions that when warmed to a temperature of up to about 40° C. and then filtered through a 0.22 μm filter, no more than about 15%, preferably no more than about 10%, more preferably no more than about 5%, even more preferably no more than about 2%, and most preferably no more than about 1% of the formulation is retained on the filter. In one embodiment, an example of an injectable pharmaceutical composition is a solution of a pharmaceutically active compound (for example, an aptamer) in a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent.
- The term “solution,” as used herein, means a uniformly dispersed mixture at the molecular or ionic level of one or more substances (solute), in one or more other substances (solvent), typically a liquid.
- The term “suspension,” as used herein, means solid particles that are evenly dispersed in a solvent, which can be aqueous or non-aqueous.
- The term “animal,” as used herein, includes, but is not limited to, humans, canines, felines, equines, bovines, ovines, porcines, amphibians, reptiles, and avians. Representative animals include, but are not limited to a cow, a horse, a sheep, a pig, an ungulate, a chimpanzee, a monkey, a baboon, a chicken, a turkey, a mouse, a rabbit, a rat, a guinea pig, a dog, a cat, and a human. In one embodiment, the animal is a mammal. In one embodiment, the animal is a human. In one embodiment, the animal is a non-human. In one embodiment, the animal is a canine, a feline, an equine, a bovine, an ovine, or a porcine.
- The phrase “drug depot,” as used herein means a precipitate, which includes the aptamer, formed within the body of a treated animal that releases the aptamer over time to provide a pharmaceutically effective amount of the aptamer.
- The phrase “substantially free of,” as used herein, means less than about 2 percent by weight. For example, the phrase “a pharmaceutical composition substantially free of water” means that the amount of water in the pharmaceutical composition is less than about 2 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- The term “effective amount,” as used herein, means an amount sufficient to treat or prevent a condition in an animal.
- The term “phospholipid,” as used herein, means a compound having the general formula:
- wherein
-
- R1 is O− or —OH;
- R2 is:
- (i) —H, or
- (ii) a C2-C36 saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched acyl group;
- R3 is:
- (i) —H,
- (ii) a C2-C36 saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched acyl group; or
- (iii) —C═C—R9 wherein R9 is a C1-C22 saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched hydrocarbon group, optionally substituted with one or more nitrogen containing groups;
- and at least one of R2 or R3 is not —H;
- R4 is:
- (i) —H;
- (i) —(CH2)n—R5,
- wherein R5 is —N(R6)(R7) or —N+(R6)(R7)(R8),
- R6, R7, and R8 are each independently —H, C1-C3 alkyl group, or
- R6 and R7 are connected to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring with the nitrogen,
- and
-
- n is an integer ranging from 1 to 4, preferably 2;
- (iii)
- (iv)
-
- wherein each R10 is independently —H or —P(O)(OH)2; or
- (v) —CH2CH(OH)CH2(OH).
- The term “saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C2-C36 acyl group,” as used herein, means a group of formula —O—C(O)—R, wherein R is a C1-C35 hydrocarbon group that can be saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched.
- The term “sphingomyelin,” as used herein, means a compound having the general formula:
- wherein
-
- R1 is O− or —OH;
- R4 is:
- (i) —H; or
- (i) —(CH2)n—R5,
- wherein R5 is —N(R6)(R7) or —N+(R6)(R7)(R8),
- R6, R7, and R8 are each independently —H, C1-C3 alkyl, or R6 and R7 are connected to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring with the nitrogen, and
- n is an integer ranging from 1 to 4, preferably 2; and
- R11 is a C1-C22 saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched hydrocarbon group optionally substituted with one or more nitrogen containing groups.
- The term “about,” as used herein to describe a range of values, applies to both the upper limit and the lower limit of the range. For example, the phrase “ranges from about 90:10 to 10:90” has the same meaning as “ranges from about 90:10 to about 10:90.”
- The aptamer can be any aptamer known to those skilled in the art.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is a DNA strand. In one embodiment, the DNA is double stranded DNA. In one embodiment, the DNA is single stranded DNA.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is an RNA strand.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer has a molecular weight of up to 80 kD. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 15 kD to 80 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 10 kD to 80 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 5 kD to 80 Kd.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer has a molecular weight of up to 60 kD. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 15 kD to 60 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 10 kD to 60 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 5 kD to 60 Kd.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer has a molecular weight of up to 40 kD. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 15 kD to 40 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 10 kD to 40 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 5 kD to 40 Kd.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer has a molecular weight of up to 30 kD. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 15 kD to 30 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 10 kD to 30 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 5 kD to 30 Kd.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer has a molecular weight of more than 20 kD. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 10 kD to 20 Kd. In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 5 kD to 20 Kd.
- In one embodiment, the molecular weight of the aptamer ranges from about 5 kD to 10 Kd.
- The nucleotides that make up the aptamer can be modified to, for example, improve their stability, i.e., improve their in vivo half-life, and/or to reduce their rate of excretion when administered to an animal. The term “modified” encompasses nucleotides with a covalently modified base and/or sugar. For example, modified nucleotides include nucleotides having sugars which are covalently attached to low molecular weight organic groups other than a hydroxyl group at the 3′ position and other than a phosphate group at the 5′ position. Modified nucleotides may also include 2′ substituted sugars such as 2′-O-methyl-; 2′-O-alkyl; 2′-O-allyl; 2′-S-alkyl; 2′-S-allyl; 2′-fluoro-; 2′-halo or 2′-azido-ribose; carbocyclic sugar analogues; α-anomeric sugars; and epimeric sugars such as arabinose, xyloses or lyxoses, pyranose sugars, furanose sugars, and sedoheptulose.
- Modified nucleotides are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, alkylated purines and/or pyrimidines; acylated purines and/or pyrimidines; or other heterocycles. These classes of pyrimidines and purines are known in the art and include, pseudoisocytosine; N4, N4-ethanocytosine; 8-hydroxy-N-6-methyladenine; 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl)uracil; 5-fluorouracil; 5-bromouracil; 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouracil; 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl uracil; dihydrouracil; inosine; N6-isopentyl-adenine; 1-methyladenine; 1-methylpseudouracil; 1-methylguanine; 2,2-dimethylguanine; 2-methyladenine; 2-methylguanine; 3-methylcytosine; 5-methylcytosine; N6-methyladenine; 7-methylguanine; 5-methylaminomethyl uracil; 5-methoxy amino methyl-2-thiouracil; β-D-mannosylqueosine; 5-methoxycarbonylmethyluracil; 5-methoxyuracil; 2 methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenine; uracil-5-oxyacetic acid methyl ester; psueouracil; 2-thiocytosine; 5-methyl-2 thiouracil, 2-thiouracil; 4-thiouracil; 5-methyluracil; N-uracil-5-oxyacetic acid methylester; uracil 5-oxyacetic acid; queosine; 2-thiocytosine; 5-propyluracil; 5-propylcytosine; 5-ethyluracil; 5-ethylcytosine; 5-butyluracil; 5-pentyluracil; 5-pentylcytosine; and 2,6,-diaminopurine; methylpseudouracil; 1-methylguanine; and 1-methylcytosine.
- The aptamer can also be modified by replacing one or more phosphodiester linkages with alternative linking groups. Alternative linking groups include, but are not limited to embodiments wherein P(O)O is replaced by P(O)S, P(S)S, P(O)NR2, P(O)R, P(O)OR′, CO, or CH2, wherein each R or R′ is independently H or a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 alkyl. A preferred set of R substitutions for the P(O)NR2 group are hydrogen and methoxyethyl. Linking groups are typically attached to each adjacent nucleotide through an —O— bond, but may be modified to include —N— or —S— bonds. Not all linkages in an oligomer need to be identical.
- The aptamer can also be modified by conjugating the aptamer to a polymer, for example, to reduce the rate of excretion when administered to an animal. For example, the aptamer can be “PEGylated,” i.e., conjugated to polyethylene glycol (“PEG”). In one embodiment, the PEG has an average molecular weight ranging from about 20 kD to 80 kD. Methods to conjugate an aptamer with a polymer, such PEG, are well known to those skilled in the art (See, e.g., Greg T. Hermanson, Bioconjugate Techniques, Academic Press, 1966)
- As an example of a modified aptamer useful in the compositions and methods of the invention see P. Burmeister et al., Direct In Vitro Selection of a 2′-O-methyl Aptamer to VEGF, Chemistry and Biology, vol. 12, 25-33, January 2005.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is conjugated to a polymer.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is an RNA strand that has been conjugated to a polymer.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is an DNA strand that has been conjugated to a polymer.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is conjugated to PEG.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is an RNA strand that has been conjugated to PEG.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is an DNA strand that has been conjugated to PEG.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is a RNA strand wherein at least one of the 2′ hydroxyls on the sugars that make up the aptamer are O-methylated.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is a RNA strand wherein at least one of the 2′ hydroxyls on the sugars that make up the aptamer are O-methylated and wherein the RNA strand has been conjugated to a polymer.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is a RNA strand wherein at least one of the 2′ hydroxyls on the nucleotides that make up the aptamer are O-methylated and wherein the RNA strand has been conjugated to PEG.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is an aptamer that binds to VEGF (vascular endothelial growth factor).
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is ARC224 identified in P. Burmeister et al., Direct In Vitro Selection of a 2′-O-methyl Aptamer to VEGF, Chemistry and Biology, vol. 12, 25-33, January 2005.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is ARC245 identified in P. Burmeister et al., Direct In Vitro Selection of a 2′-O-methyl Aptamer to VEGF, Chemistry and Biology, vol. 12, 25-33, January 2005.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is ARC225 identified in P. Burmeister et al., Direct In Vitro Selection of a 2′-O-methyl Aptamer to VEGF, Chemistry and Biology, vol. 12, 25-33, January 2005.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is ARC259 identified in P. Burmeister et al., Direct In Vitro Selection of a 2′-O-methyl Aptamer to VEGF, Chemistry and Biology, vol. 12, 25-33, January 2005.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is ARC259 identified in P. Burmeister et al., Direct In Vitro Selection of a 2′-O-methyl Aptamer to VEGF, Chemistry and Biology, vol. 12, 25-33, January 2005 wherein the 5′ phosphate group of the aptamer has been pegylated with:
- (referred to hereinafter as “pegylated ARC259”).
- Any organic base known to those of ordinary skill in the art can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. Preferably, the organic base is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic base. Representative organic bases include, but are not limited to, organic amines including, but are not limited to, ammonia; unsubstituted or hydroxy-substituted mono-, di-, or tri-alkylamines such as cyclohexylamine, cyclopentylamine, cyclohexylamine, dicyclohexylamine; tributyl amine, N-methylamine, N-ethylamine, diethylamine; dimethylamine, triethylamine, mono-, bis-, or tris-(2-hydroxy-lower alkyl amines) (such as mono-, bis-, or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, 2-hydroxy-tert-butylamine, and tris-(hydroxymethyl)methylamine), N,N,-di-lower alkyl-N-(hydroxy lower alkyl)-amines (such as N,N,-dimethyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine or N,N-dialkyl-N-tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amines)); pyridine; benzylamine; phenethylamine; N-methyl-D-glucamine; N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine; chloroprocaine; choline; procaine, and amino acids such as arginine, lysine (See, also, Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 1977, 66, 1).
- The invention also contemplates pharmaceutical compositions comprising a salt formed between the aptamer and a metal ion, such as sodium, lithium, or potassium ion, and a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent. Typically, these compositions are useful when a low concentration, generally less than about 25 mg/mL, of the aptamer in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is sufficient.
- In one embodiment, the amine is an amino acid ester.
- In one embodiment, the amine is an amino acid amide.
- In one embodiment, the amine is a diamine (for example, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine or an ester or amide of lysine).
- In one embodiment, the amine is a diamine and the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a carboxylic acid, a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline.
- The amino acid esters can be any ester of any amino acid, i.e., an amino acid wherein the carboxylic acid group of the amino acid is esterified with a C1-C22 alcohol. Accordingly, the amino acid esters have the general formula (I):
- wherein
-
- R is the amino acid side chain; and
- R1 is a C1 to C22 hydrocarbon group.
- As one of ordinary skill in the art would readily know, a wide variety of groups are possible for the amino acid side, R. For example, the amino acid side can be a hydrocarbon group that can be optionally substituted. Suitable substituents include, but are not limited to, halo, nitro, cyano, thiol, amino, hydroxy, carboxylic acid, sulfonic acid, aromatic group, and aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group. Preferably the amino acid side chain is a C1-C10 straight or branched chain hydrocarbon, optionally substituted with a thiol, amino, hydroxy, carboxylic acid, aromatic group, or aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
- The amino acid ester can be an ester of a naturally occurring amino acid or a synthetically prepared amino acid. The amino acid can be a D-amino acid or an L-amino acid. Preferably, the amino acid ester is the ester of a naturally occurring amino acid. More, preferably, the amino acid ester is an ester of an amino acid selected from glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, phenylalanine, asparagine, glutamine, tryptophane, proline, serine, threonine, tyrosine, hydroxyproline, cysteine, methionine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, lysine, arginine, and histidine.
- The hydrocarbon group, R1, can be any C1 to C22 hydrocarbon group. Representative C1 to C22 hydrocarbon groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, allyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cis-9-hexadecenyl, cis-9-octadecenyl, cis, cis-9,12-octadecenyl, and cis, cis, cis-9, 12, 15-octadecatrienyl.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a saturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a straight chain, saturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a straight chain, unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C16 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C10 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C5 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C3 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C6-C22 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C6-C18 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C8-C18 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C10-C18 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C16-C18 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C16-C22 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C16 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C10 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C5 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C3 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C6-C22 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C6-C18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C8-C18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C10-C18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C16-C18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C16-C22 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C16 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C10 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C5 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C3 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C6-C22 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C6-C18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C8-C18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C10-C18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C16-C18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C16-C22 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C16 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C10 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C5 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C1-C3 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C6-C22 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C6-C18 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C8-C18 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C10-C18 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C16-C18 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R1 is a C16-C22 straight chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- As discussed later, by varying the structure of R1 it is possible to vary the properties of the pharmaceutical compositions.
- The amino acid esters can be obtained by esterifying an amino acid with an alcohol of formula R1—OH using methods well known to those skilled in the art such as those described in J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Reaction Mechanisms and Structure, 4th ed. John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1992, pp. 393-400. The amino acids and alcohols of formula R1—OH are commercially available or can be prepared by methods well known to those skilled in the art. When esterifying the amino acid with the alcohol of formula R1—OH, it may be necessary to protect some other functional group of the amino acid or the alcohol with a protecting group that is subsequently removed after the esterification reaction. One of ordinary skill in the art would readily know what functional groups would need to be protected before esterifying the amino acid with the alcohol of formula R1—OH. Suitable protecting groups are known to those skilled in the art such as those described in T. W. Greene, et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd ed. (1999).
- The amino acid amides can be any amide of any amino acid, i.e., an amino acid wherein the carboxylic acid group of the amino acid is reacted with an amine of formula HN(R3)(R4), wherein R3 and R4 are defined above, to provide an amide. Accordingly, the amino acid amides have the general formula (II):
- wherein
-
- R is the amino acid side chain;
- R3 is a C1 to C22 hydrocarbon group; and
- R4 is hydrogen or a C1 to C22 hydrocarbon group.
- As one of ordinary skill in the art would readily know, a wide variety of groups are possible for the amino acid side, R. For example, the amino acid side can be a hydrocarbon group that can be optionally substituted. Suitable substituents include, but are not limited to, halo, nitro, cyano, thiol, amino, hydroxy, carboxylic acid, sulfonic acid, aromatic group, and aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group. Preferably the amino acid side chain is a C1-C10 straight or branched chain hydrocarbon, optionally substituted with a thiol, amino, hydroxy, carboxylic acid, aromatic group, or aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group; an aromatic group, or an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
- The amino acid amide can be an amide of a naturally occurring amino acid or a synthetically prepared amino acid. The amino acid can be a D-amino acid or an L-amino acid. Preferably, the amino acid ester is the ester of a naturally occurring amino acid. More, preferably, the amino acid ester is an ester of an amino acid selected from glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, phenylalanine, asparagine, glutamine, tryptophane, proline, serine, threonine, tyrosine, hydroxyproline, cysteine, methionine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, lysine, arginine, and histidine.
- The R3 group can be any C1 to C22 hydrocarbon group. The R4 group can be hydrogen or any C1 to C22 hydrocarbon group. Representative C1 to C22 hydrocarbon groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, allyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cis-9-hexadecenyl, cis-9-octadecenyl, cis, cis-9,12-octadecenyl, and cis, cis, cis-9,12,15-octadecatrienyl.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a saturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a straight chain, saturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a straight chain, unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C16 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C10 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C5 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C3 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C6-C22 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C6-C18 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C8-C18 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C10-C18 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C16-C18 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C16-C22 hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C16 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C10 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C5 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C3 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C6-C22 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C6-C18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C8-C18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C10-C18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C16-C18 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C16-C22 straight chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C16 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C10 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C5 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C3 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C6-C22 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C6-C18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C8-C18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C10-C18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C16-C18 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C16-C22 branched chain hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C16 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C10 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C5 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C1-C3 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C6-C22 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C6-C18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C8-C18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C10-C18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C16-C18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen and R3 is a C16-C22 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a straight or branched chain, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C16 hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C10 hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C5 hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C3 hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C6-C22 hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C6-C18 hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C8-C18 hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C10-C18 hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C16-C18 hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C16-C22 hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C16 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C10 straight chain hydrocarbon group,
- wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C5 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C3 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C6-C22 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C6-C18 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C8-C18 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C10-C18 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C16-C18 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C16-C22 straight chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C16 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C10 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C5 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C3 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C6-C22 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C6-C18 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C8-C18 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C10-C18 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C16-C18 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C16-C22 branched chain hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C16 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C10 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C5 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C1-C3 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C6-C22 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C6-C18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C8-C18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C10-C18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C16-C18 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, each of R3 and R4 are a C16-C22 straight chain saturated hydrocarbon group, wherein R3 and R4 may be the same or different.
- In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 is at least 6. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 is at least 8. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 is at least 10. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 is at least 12. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 is at least 18.
- In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 is less than 6. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 is less than 8. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 is less than 10. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 is less than 12. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 is less than 18.
- In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 ranges from about 1 to 16. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 ranges from about 1 to 10. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 ranges from about 1 to 5. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 ranges from about 1 to 3. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 ranges from about 16 to 22. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 ranges from about 16 to 18. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 ranges from about 8 to 18. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 ranges from about 10 to 18. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 ranges from about 12 to 18. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 ranges from about 6 to 30. In one embodiment, the combined number of carbon atoms in R3 and R4 ranges from about 22 to 30.
- As discussed later, by varying the structure of R3 and R4 is possible to vary the properties of the pharmaceutical compositions.
- The amino acid amides can be obtained by converting the carboxylic acid group of the amino acid to an amide group using methods well known to those skilled in the art such as those described in J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Reaction Mechanisms and Structure, 4th ed. John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1992, pp. 417-427. Typically, the amino acid is converted to an amino acid derivative such as an amino acid ester or an acid chloride of the amino acid and the amino acid derivative is then reacted with an amine of formula NHR3R4 to provide the amino acid amide. The amino acids and amines of formula NHR3R4 are commercially available or can be prepared by methods well known to those skilled in the art. When forming the derivative of the amino acid or reacting the amino acid derivative with an amine of formula NHR3R4, it may be necessary to protect some other functional group of the amino acid derivative or the amine with a protecting group that is subsequently removed after the amidation reaction. One of ordinary skill in the art would readily know what functional groups would need to be protected before reacting the derivative of the amino acid with the amine of formula NHR3R4. Suitable protecting groups are known to those skilled in the art such as those described in T. W. Greene, et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd ed. (1999).
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises (i) a protonated aptamer and an (ii) a pharmaceutically acceptable organic base. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the acidic phosphate groups of the a protonated aptamer protonate the amine group of the pharmaceutically acceptable organic base to form a salt between one or more pharmaceutically acceptable organic base molecules and the aptamer as illustrated schematically below for a pharmaceutically acceptable organic base of formula Base-NH2 and a protonated aptamer.
- wherein B is a nucleotide, S is a sugar, and Base-NH3 + is a protonated pharmaceutically acceptable organic base. It is not necessary, however, that every phosphate group be ionically bound to a pharmaceutically acceptable organic base molecule.
- Any pharmaceutically acceptable organic base described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- Any aptamer described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a solvent.
- In one embodiment, the solvent comprises water.
- In one embodiment, the solvent comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent. Any of the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvents described herein can be used in the compositions of the invention.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is a solution of the salt in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent and further comprises a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline facilitates formation of a precipitate when the pharmaceutical composition is injected into water and can also facilitate controlled release of the aptamer from the resulting precipitate. Typically, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from greater than 0 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 0.1 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 1 to 7.5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 1.5 to 5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 2 to 4 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- The molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the a pharmaceutically acceptable organic base typically ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the pharmaceutically acceptable organic base ranges about 1.5:1 to 1:1.5. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the pharmaceutically acceptable organic base ranges about 1.25:1 to 1:1.25. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the pharmaceutically acceptable organic base ranges about 1.1:1. to 1:1.1. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the pharmaceutically acceptable organic base is about 1:1. A wider range for the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the pharmaceutically acceptable organic base, however, is also possible. For example, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the pharmaceutically acceptable organic base can range from about 15:1 to 1:15.
- Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the acidic phosphate groups of the protonated aptamer protonate the amine group of the amino acid ester or amide to form a salt between one or more amino acid ester or amide molecules and the aptamer as illustrated schematically below for an amino acid ester and an aptamer:
- wherein B, S, R, and R1 have the meaning described above. It is not necessary, however, that every phosphate group be ionically bound to an amino acid ester or amino acid amide.
- Any amino acid or amino acid ester described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- Any aptamer described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a solvent.
- In one embodiment, the solvent comprises water.
- In one embodiment, the solvent comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent. Any of the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvents described herein can be used in the compositions of the invention.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent and further comprises a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline facilitates formation of a precipitate when the pharmaceutical composition is injected into water and can also facilitate controlled release of the aptamer from the resulting precipitate. Typically, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from greater than 0 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 0.1 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 1 to 7.5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 1.5 to 5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 2 to 4 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- The molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide typically ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.5:1 to 1:1.5. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.25:1 to 1:1.25. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.1:1. to 1:1.1. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide is about 1:1. A wider range for the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid, however, is also possible. For example, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid can range from about 15:1 to 1:15.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises an ester or amide of lysine.
- In one embodiment, there is less than a molar equivalent of lysine molecules relative to acidic phosphate groups on the aptamer, i.e., there is an excess of acidic phosphate groups on the aptamer relative to amino acid ester or amide molecules.
- Without wishing to be bound by theory it is believed that the amino acid ester or amide of lysine cross-links two protonated aptamer molecules as depicted below:
- wherein B, S, and R1 have the meaning described above.
- In one embodiment, the amino acid ester or amide is an ester or amide of lysine and the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a carboxylic acid. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the carboxylic acid protonates the ε-amine group of lysine to provide a structure as depicted below:
- wherein B, S, and R1 are defined above and R9 is a C1-C21 hydrocarbon.
- The combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acid groups on the carboxylic acid to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide typically ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acid groups on the carboxylic acid to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.5:1 to 1:1.5. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acid groups on the carboxylic acid to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.25:1 to 1:1.25. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acid groups on the carboxylic acid to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.1:1. to 1:1.1. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acid groups on the carboxylic acid to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide is about 1:1. A wider range for the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acid groups on the carboxylic acid to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide, however, is also possible. For example, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acid groups on the carboxylic acid to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide can range from about 15:1 to 1:15.
- Generally, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acid groups on the carboxylic acid ranges from about 20:1 to 1:20. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acid groups on the carboxylic acid ranges from about 15:1 to 1:15. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acid groups on the carboxylic acid ranges from about 10:1 to 1:10. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acid groups on the carboxylic acid ranges from about 5:1 to 1:5. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acid groups on the carboxylic acid ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2.
- The carboxylic acid can be any pharmaceutically acceptable carboxylic acid. Typically, the carboxylic acid is a C1-C22 carboxylic acid. Suitable carboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, propanoic acid, butanoic acid, pentanoic acid, decanoic acid, hexanoic acid, benzoic acid, caproic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, palmic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, and linolenic acid.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is a C1-C16 carboxylic acid.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is a C1-C10 carboxylic acid.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is a C1-C5 carboxylic acid.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is a C1-C3 carboxylic acid.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is a C6-C22 carboxylic acid.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is a C6-C18 carboxylic acid.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is a C8-C18 carboxylic acid.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is a C10-C18 carboxylic acid.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is a C6-C18 carboxylic acid.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is a C16-C22 carboxylic acid.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is a saturated or unsaturated fatty acid.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is a saturated fatty acid.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is an unsaturated fatty acid.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is a dicarboxylic acid. Suitable dicarboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, oxalic acid, malonic aid, succinic acid, glutamic acid, adipic acid, and pimelic acid.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is a polycarboxylic acid.
- The carboxylic acids are commercially available or can be prepared by methods well known to those skilled in the art.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is an N-acyl amino acid. The N-acyl amino acids have the following general formula (III):
- wherein:
- R is the amino acid side chain and is defined above; and
- R2 is an acyl group of formula —C(O)—R5, wherein R5 is a substituted C1 to C21 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group, R2, is a C1- to C22 acyl group. Representative acyl groups of formula —C(O)—R5 include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, hexanoyl, caproyl, heptoyl, octoyl, nonoyl, decoyl, undecoyl, dodecoyl, tridecoyl, tetradecoyl, pentadecoyl, hexadecoyl, heptadecoyl, octadecoyl, laurolyl, myristoyl, palmitoyl, stearoyl, palmioleoyl, oleoyl, linoleoyl, linolenoyl, and benzoyl.
- In one embodiment, R5 is a C1-C15 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R5 is a C2-C16 acyl group.
- In one embodiment, R5 is a C1-C9 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R5 is a C2-C10 acyl group.
- In one embodiment, R5 is a C1-C5 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R5 is a C2-C6 acyl group.
- In one embodiment, R5 is a C1-C3 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R5 is a C2-C4 acyl group.
- In one embodiment, R5 is a C5-C21 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R5 is a C6-C22 acyl group.
- In one embodiment, R5 is a C5-C17 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R5 is a C6-C18 acyl group.
- In one embodiment, R5 is a C7-C17 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R5 is a C8-C18 acyl group.
- In one embodiment, R5 is a C9-C17 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R5 is a C10-C18 acyl group.
- In one embodiment, R5 is a C15-C21 hydrocarbon group, i.e., the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R5 is a C16-C22 acyl group.
- In one embodiment, the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R5 is obtained from a saturated or unsaturated fatty acid.
- In one embodiment, the acyl group of formula —C(O)—R5 is a caproyl, laurolyl, myristoyl, palmitoyl, stearoyl, palmioleoyl, oleoyl, linoleoyl, or linolenoyl group.
- The N-acylated amino acids can be obtained by methods well known to those skilled in the art. For example, the N-acylated amino acids can be obtained by reacting an amino acid with an acid halide of formula T-C(O)—R5, wherein T is a halide, preferably chloride, and R1 is as defined above, using methods well known to those skilled in the art. When N-acylating the amino acid with the acid halide of formula T-C(O)—R5, it may be necessary to protect some other functional group of the amino acid or the acid halide with a protecting group that is subsequently removed after the acylation reaction. One of ordinary skill in the art would readily know what functional groups would need to be protected before acylating the amino acid with the acid halide of formula T-C(O)—R5. Suitable protecting groups are known to those skilled in the art such as those described in T. W. Greene, et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd ed. (1999).
- Acid halides can be obtained using methods well known to those skilled in the art such as those described in J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Reaction Mechanisms and Structure, 4th ed. John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1992, pp. 437-8. For example, acid halides can be prepared by reacting a carboxylic acid with thionyl chloride, bromide, or iodide. Acid chlorides and bromides can also be prepared by reacting a carboxylic acid with phosphorous trichloride or phosphorous tribromide, respectively. Acid chlorides can also be prepared by reacting a carboxylic acid with Ph3P in carbon tetrachloride. Acid fluorides can be prepared by reacting a carboxylic acid with cyanuric fluoride.
- As discussed later, by varying the structure of carboxylic acid it is possible to vary the properties of the pharmaceutical compositions.
- In another embodiment, the amino acid ester or amide is an ester or amide of lysine and the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that protonated phosphate groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin protonates the E-amine group of lysine to provide a structure as depicted below for a phospholipid:
- wherein B, S, R1, R2, R3, and R4 are defined above.
- The combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide typically ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.5:1 to 1:1.5. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.25:1 to 1:1.25. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide ranges from about 1.1:1. to 1:1.1. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide is about 1:1. A wider range for the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide, however, is also possible. For example, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer and acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide can range from about 15:1 to 1:15.
- Generally, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 20:1 to 1:20. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 15:1 to 1:15. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 10:1 to 1:10. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 5:1 to 1:5. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to acidic groups on the phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2.
- As discussed later, by varying the structure of phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin it is possible to vary the properties of the pharmaceutical compositions.
- Any pharmaceutically acceptable phospholipid can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
- Representative, pharmaceutically acceptable phospholipids include, but are not limited to:
- phosphatidic acids of general formula:
- wherein R1, R2, and R3 are defined above. Suitable phosphatidic acids suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, the 1-acyl-2-acyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphates and the 1,2-diacyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphates commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala.
- phosphatidylethanolamines of general formula
- wherein R1, R2, and R3 are defined above. Suitable phosphatidylethanolamines suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, the 1-acyl-2-acyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamines and the 1,2-diacyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamines commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala.
- phosphatidylcholines of general formula
- wherein R1, R2, and R3 are defined above. Suitable phosphatidylcholines suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, the 1-acyl-2-acyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholines, the 1,2-diacyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamines (saturated series), and the 1,2-diacyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamines (unsaturated series), commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala. and Phospholipon®-50PG, Phospholipon®-53MCT, Phospholipon®-75SA, Phospholipon®-80, Phospholipon®-90NG, Phospholipon®-90H, and Phospholipon®-100H, commercially available from Phospholipid GmbH of Cologne, Germany. In one embodiment, the phospholipid is Phospholipon®-90H.
- phosphatidylserines of general formula
- wherein R1, R2, and R3 are defined above. Suitable phosphatidylserines suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, the 1-acyl-2-acyl-sn-glycero-3-[phospho-L-serine]s and the 1,2-diacyl-sn-glycero-3-[phospho-L-serine]s commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala.
- plasmalogens of general formula
- wherein R1 and R2 are defined above and R3 is —C═C—R9, wherein R9 is defined above. Suitable plasmalogens suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, C16(Plasm)-12:0 NBD PC, C16(Plasm)-18:1 PC, C16(Plasm)-20:4 PC, C16(Plasm)-22:6 PC, C16(Plasm)-18:1 PC, C16(Plasm)-20:4 PE, and C16(Plasm)-22:6 PE, commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala.
- phosphatidylglycerols of general formula
- wherein R1, R2, and R3 are defined above. Suitable phosphatidylglycerols suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, the 1-acyl-2-acyl-sn-glycero-3-[phospho-rac-(1-glycerol)]s and the 1,2-diacyl-sn-glycero-3-[phospho-rac-(1-glycerol)]s, commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala.
- phosphatidylinositols of general formula
- wherein R1, R2, R3, and R10 are defined above. Suitable phosphatidylinositols suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, phosphatidylinositol, phosphatidylinositol-4-phosphate, and phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate, commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala.
- The phospholipids are commercially available or can be obtained by methods well known to those skilled in the art. Representative methods for obtaining phospholipids are described in Sandra Pesch et al., Properties of Unusual Phospholipids Bearing Acetylenic Fatty Acids, Tettrahedron, vol. 15, no. 43, 14,627-14634 (1997); Sepp D. Kohlwein, Phospholipid Synthesis, Sorting, Subcellular Traffic—The Yeast Approach, Trends in Cell Biology, vol. 6, 260-266 (1996), Serguei V. Vinogradov, Synthesis of Phospholipids—Oligodeoxyribonucleotide Conjugates, Tett. Lett., vol. 36, no. 14, 2493-2496 (1995), and references cited therein.
- In one embodiment, the phospholipid is Phospholipon®-E:80 (commercially available from Phospholipid GmbH of Cologne, Germany or American Lecithin Company of Oxford, Conn.).
- In one embodiment, the phospholipid is Phospholipon®-80G (commercially available from Phospholipid GmbH of Cologne, Germany or American Lecithin Company of Oxford, Conn.).
- In one embodiment, the phospholipid is Phospholipon®-85G (commercially available from Phospholipid GmbH of Cologne, Germany or American Lecithin Company of Oxford, Conn.).
- In one embodiment, the phospholipid is Phospholipon®-100H (commercially available from Phospholipid GmbH of Cologne, Germany or American Lecithin Company of Oxford, Conn.).
- Any pharmaceutically acceptable sphingomyelin can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
- In one embodiment, the sphingomyelin is
- wherein R11 is a C1-C24 linear, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon and R4 is —CH2CH2N(CH3)3 +. In another embodiment, R11 is a C8-C24 linear, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon and R4 is —CH2CH2N(CH3)3 +. In another embodiment, R11 is a C16-C24 linear, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon and R4 is —CH2CH2N(CH3)3 +.
- Suitable sphingomyelins include, but are not limited to, C2-Sphingomyelin, C6-Sphingomyelin, C18-Sphingomyelin, C6-NBD-Sphingomyelin, and C12-NBD Sphingomyelin, commercially available from Avanti Polar Lipids Inc. of Alabaster, Ala.
- Similarly, in another embodiment, the amino acid ester or amide is an ester or amide of lysine and the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a phosphatidyl choline. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that protonated phosphate groups on the phosphatidyl choline protonates the ε-amine group of lysine to provide a structure as depicted below:
- wherein S, B, and R1 are defined above.
- Without wishing to be bound by theory it is also believed that pharmaceutical compositions that comprise an amino acid ester or amide of lysine and further comprise a phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin that the ester or amide of lysine also forms structures wherein each amino group of the lysine ester or amide is protonated by a phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin molecule. Such a structure is depicted below for a phospholipid:
- wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 are defined above.
- The invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions such as those described above that include an ester or amide of lysine, wherein the ester or amide of lysine is replaced with another diamine such as, for example N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine.
- In another embodiment, the amino acid ester or amide is an ester or amide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid and the side chain carboxylic acid group of the aspartic acid or glutamic acid is also esterified or amidated, i.e., a diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid. Without wishing to be bound by theory it is believed that the acidic phosphate groups of the aptamer protonate the amine group of the diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid to form a salt between diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid and the aptamer as illustrated below for a diester of aspartic acid that is protonated by an aptamer to provide a structure as depicted below:
- wherein S, B, and R1 are defined above and R6 is defined below.
- The diesters of aspartic acid and glutamic acid have the structures:
- respectively, wherein R1 is defined above and R6 is the same as R1. R1 and R6 can be the same or different. Typically, however, R1 and R6 are the same.
- The diamides of aspartic acid and glutamic acid have the structures:
- respectively, wherein R3 and R4 are defined above, R7 is the same as R3, and R8 is the same as R4. The amide groups —N(R3)(R4) and —N(R7)(R8) can be the same or different. Typically, however, the amide groups —N(R3)(R4) and —N(R7)(R8) are the same.
- The molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to the diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid typically ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to the diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid ranges from about 1.5:1 to 1:1.5. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to the diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid ranges from about 1.25:1 to 1:1.25. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to the diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid ranges from about 1.1:1. to 1:1.1. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to the diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid is about 1:1. A wider range for molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to the diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid, however, is also possible. For example, the molar ratio of acidic groups on the aptamer to the diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid can range from about 15:1 to 1:15.
- As discussed later, by varying the structure of diester or diamide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid, i.e., R1 and R6 of the diester and R3, R4, R7, and R8 of the diamide, it is possible to vary the properties of the pharmaceutical compositions.
- In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions comprise a protonated aptamer and polylysine.
- Any of the aptamers described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- Any polylysine (for example, any of the polylysines commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich of Milwaukee, Wis. as the hydrobromide salt, which can be converted to polylysine as described later) can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions. In one embodiment, the polylysine has a molecular weight range of from about 1,000 to 4,000. In one embodiment, the polylysine has a molecular weight range of from about 4,000 to 15,000. In one embodiment, the polylysine has a molecular weight range of from about 15,000 to 30,000. In one embodiment, the polylysine has a molecular weight range of from about 30,000 to 70,000. In one embodiment, the polylysine has a molecular weight range of from about 70,000 to 150,000. In one embodiment, the polylysine has a molecular weight range of from about 150,000 to 300,000.
- Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the amine groups on the polylysine are protonated by acidic phosphate groups on the aptamer.
- Typically, the amount of polylysine relative to the amount of the aptamer is an amount sufficient to provide a solution of the pharmaceutical composition (for example, a methanol or aqueous solution) having a pH value ranging from about 3 to 10. In one embodiment, a solution of the pharmaceutical composition has a pH value ranging from about 5 to 9. In one embodiment, a solution of the pharmaceutical composition has a pH value ranging from about 6 to 8. In one embodiment, a solution of the pharmaceutical composition has a pH value of about 7. Other pH ranges, however, are also within the scope of the invention. For example, in one embodiment, a solution of the pharmaceutical composition has a pH value ranging from about 3 to 7 and in another embodiment a solution of the pharmaceutical composition has a pH value ranging from about 7 to 10.
- The pH can be readily measured by dissolving the pharmaceutical composition in a solvent (for example methanol or water) and removing a few microliters of the resulting solution and applying it to a wet pH test strip (such as commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich of Milwaukee, Wis.) that indicates the pH of the solution by the color of the test strip after the solution is applied.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprising a protonated aptamer and polylysine further comprises a solvent. In one embodiment, the solvent comprises water. In one embodiment, the solvent is water. In one embodiment, the solvent comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent. In one embodiment, the solvent is a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent. In one embodiment, the solvent comprises N-methylpyrrolidone. In one embodiment, the solvent is N-methylpyrrolidone.
- Advantageously, the pharmaceutical compositions comprising a protonated aptamer and polylysine have increased solubility in water and organic solvents. For example, the pharmaceutical composition formed between pegylated ARC259 and polylysine having an average molecular weight of about 13,000 is soluble in water and N-methylpyrrolidone at a concentration of up to about 12% (w/v). In contrast, polylysine having an average molecular weight of about 13,000 (obtained as described later from the commercially available hydrobromide salt) and the protonated aptamer are both essentially insoluble in water and N-methylpyrrolidone.
- In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions comprise (i) an aptamer, (ii) a divalent metal cation and (iii) optionally a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the divalent metal cation interacts with the phosphate groups on the aptamer to form a structure as depicted below:
- wherein M+2 is a divalent metal cation and B and S are defined above.
- Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that when the pharmaceutical composition includes the optional carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin the divalent metal cation interacts with the phosphate groups on the aptamer and the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to form a structure as depicted below for a carboxylate:
- wherein M+2, B, S, and R9 are defined above. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the structures are similar to the structures formed between an aptamer; the amino acid lysine; and a carboxylic acid, a phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin, described above, except that the divalent metal cation replaces the lysine.
- Without wishing to be bound by theory it is also believed that when the pharmaceutical composition includes the optional carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin the divalent metal cation interacts with more than one carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to form a structure as depicted below for a carboxylate:
- wherein M+2 and R9 are defined above.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a carboxylate.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a phospholipid.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises phosphatidyl choline.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a sphingomyelin.
- Any of the aptamers described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- The carboxylate can be obtained from any pharmaceutically acceptable carboxylic acid. Any of the carboxylic acids described herein can be used to provide the carboxylate.
- In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is an N-acyl amino acid of general formula (III). Any N-acyl amino acid of general formula (III) described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- Any of the phospholipids described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- Any of the sphingomyelins described above can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions.
- Suitable divalent metal cations include, but are not limited to, the alkaline earth metal cations, Mg+2, Zn+2, Cu+2, and Fe+2. Preferred divalent metal cations are Ca+2, Mg+2, Zn+2, Cu+2, and Fe+2.
- The combined molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer and anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to the divalent metal cation typically ranges from about 4:1 to 1:4. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer and anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to the divalent metal cation ranges from about 3:1 to 1:3. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer and anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to the divalent metal cation ranges from about 2.5:1 to 1:2.5. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer and anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to the divalent metal cation ranges from about 2:1. to 1:2. In one embodiment, the combined molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer and anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to the divalent metal cation is about 2:1. A wider range for the molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer and anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to the divalent metal cation, however, is also possible. For example, the molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer and anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin to the divalent metal cation can range from about 15:1 to 1:15.
- Generally, the molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer to anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 20:1 to 1:20. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer to anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 15:1 to 1:15. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer to anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 10:1 to 1:10. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer to anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 5:1 to 1:5. In one embodiment, the molar ratio of anionic groups on the aptamer to anionic groups on the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin ranges from about 2:1 to 1:2.
- By varying the structure of the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin it is possible to vary the properties of the pharmaceutical compositions, as is discussed later.
- The pharmaceutical compositions can optionally comprise one or more additional excipients or additives to provide a dosage form suitable for administration to an animal. When administered to an animal, the aptamer containing pharmaceutical compositions are typically administered as a component of a composition that comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient so as to provide the form for proper administration to the animal. Suitable pharmaceutical excipients are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 1447-1676 (Alfonso R. Gennaro ed., 19th ed. 1995), incorporated herein by reference. The pharmaceutical compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, pellets, capsules, capsules containing liquids, powders, suppositories, emulsions, aerosols, sprays, suspensions, or any other form suitable for use.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are formulated for intravenous or parenteral administration. Typically, compositions for intravenous or parenteral administration comprise a suitable sterile solvent, which may be an isotonic aqueous buffer or pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent. Where necessary, the compositions can also include a solubilizing agent. Compositions for intravenous administration can optionally include a local anesthetic such as lidocaine to lessen pain at the site of the injection. Generally, the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where aptamer containing pharmaceutical compositions are to be administered by infusion, they can be dispensed, for example, with an infusion bottle containing, for example, sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the pharmaceutical compositions are administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile water for injection, saline, or other solvent such as a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent can be provided so that the ingredients can be mixed prior to administration.
- In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a composition adapted for oral administration. Compositions for oral delivery can be in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, granules, powders, emulsions, capsules, syrups, or elixirs, for example. Oral compositions can include standard excipients such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, cellulose, and magnesium carbonate. Typically, the excipients are of pharmaceutical grade. Orally administered compositions can also contain one or more agents, for example, sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin; flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry; coloring agents; and preserving agents, to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation. Moreover, when in tablet or pill form, the compositions can be coated to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract thereby providing a sustained action over an extended period of time. Selectively permeable membranes surrounding an osmotically active driving compound are also suitable for orally administered compositions. A time-delay material such as glycerol monostearate or glycerol stearate can also be used.
- The pharmaceutical compositions further comprising a solvent can optionally comprise a suitable amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable preservative, if desired, so as to provide additional protection against microbial growth. Examples of preservatives useful in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention include, but are not limited to, potassium sorbate, methylparaben, propylparaben, benzoic acid and its salts, other esters of parahydroxybenzoic acid such as butylparaben, alcohols such as ethyl or benzyl alcohol, phenolic compounds such as phenol, or quaternary compounds such as benzalkonium chlorides (e.g., benzethonium chloride).
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention optionally contain a suitable amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable polymer. The polymer can increase the viscosity of the pharmaceutical composition. Suitable polymers for use in the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), chitosan, polyacrylic acid, and polymethacrylic acid.
- Typically, the polymer is present in an amount ranging from greater than 0 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- In one embodiment, the polymer is present in an amount ranging from about 0.1 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- In one embodiment, the polymer is present in an amount ranging from about 1 to 7.5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- In one embodiment, the polymer is present in an amount ranging from about 1.5 to 5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- In one embodiment, the polymer is present in an amount ranging from about 2 to 4 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are substantially free of polymers.
- In one embodiment, any additional components added to the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are designated as GRAS by the FDA for use or consumption by animals.
- In one embodiment, any additional components added to the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are designated as GRAS by the FDA for use or consumption by humans.
- The components of the pharmaceutical composition (the solvents and any other optional components) are preferably biocompatible and non-toxic and, over time, are simply absorbed and/or metabolized by the body.
- As described above, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can further comprise a solvent.
- In one embodiment, the solvent comprises water.
- In one embodiment, the solvent comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- Typically, aptamers are available as the salt of a metal cation, for example, as the potassium or sodium salt. These salts, however, have low solubility in aqueous solvents and/or organic solvents, typically, less than about 25 mg/mL. The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention comprising (i) an amino acid ester or amino acid amide and (ii) a protonated aptamer, however, are significantly more soluble in aqueous solvents and/or organic solvents. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the amino acid ester or amino acid amide and the protonated aptamer form a salt, such as illustrated above, and the salt is soluble in aqueous and/or organic solvents.
- Similarly, without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the pharmaceutical compositions comprising (i) an aptamer; (ii) a divalent metal cation; and (iii) optionally a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin form a salt, such as illustrated above, and the salt is soluble in aqueous and/or organic solvents.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is greater than about 2 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is greater than about 5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is greater than about 7.5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is greater than about 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is greater than about 12 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is greater than about 15 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is ranges from about 2 percent to 5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is ranges from about 2 percent to 7.5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent ranges from about 2 percent to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is ranges from about 2 percent to 12 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is ranges from about 2 percent to 15 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the concentration of the aptamer in the solvent is ranges from about 2 percent to 20 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
- Any pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. Representative, pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvents include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol (i.e., 1,3-propylene glycol), glycerol formal, isosorbide dimethyl ether, ethanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetraglycol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, triacetin, propylene carbonate, dimethyl acetamide, dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, and combinations thereof.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a water soluble solvent. A representative pharmaceutically acceptable water soluble organic solvents is triacetin.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a water miscible solvent. Representative pharmaceutically acceptable water miscible organic solvents include, but are not limited to, glycerol formal, polyethylene glycol, and propylene glycol.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises pyrrolidone. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is pyrrolidone substantially free of another organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone substantially free of another organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises polyethylene glycol. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is polyethylene glycol substantially free of another organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises propylene glycol. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is propylene glycol substantially free of another organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises glycerol formal. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is glycerol formal substantially free of another organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises isosorbide dimethyl ether. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is isosorbide dimethyl ether substantially free of another organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises ethanol. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is ethanol substantially free of another organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises dimethyl sulfoxide. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is dimethyl sulfoxide substantially free of another organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises tetraglycol. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is tetraglycol substantially free of another organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol substantially free of another organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises triacetin. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is triacetin substantially free of another organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises propylene carbonate. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is propylene carbonate substantially free of another organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises dimethyl acetamide. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is dimethyl acetamide substantially free of another organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises dimethyl formamide. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is dimethyl formamide substantially free of another organic solvent.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises at least two pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvents.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and glycerol formal. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and glycerol formal. In one embodiment, the ratio of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to glycerol formal ranges from about 90:10 to 10:90.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises propylene glycol and glycerol formal. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is propylene glycol and glycerol formal. In one embodiment, the ratio of propylene glycol to glycerol formal ranges from about 90:10 to 10:90.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a solvent that is recognized as GRAS by the FDA for administration or consumption by animals.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a solvent that is recognized as GRAS by the FDA for administration or consumption by humans.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is substantially free of water. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent contains less than about 1 percent by weight of water. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent contains less about 0.5 percent by weight of water. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent contains less about 0.2 percent by weight of water. Pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvents that are substantially free of water are advantageous since they are not conducive to bacterial growth. Accordingly, it is typically not necessary to include a preservative in pharmaceutical compositions that are substantially free of water. Another advantage of pharmaceutical compositions that use a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent, preferably substantially free of water, as the solvent is that hydrolysis of the aptamer is minimized. Typically, the more water present in the solvent the more readily the aptamer can be hydrolyzed. Accordingly, aptamer containing pharmaceutical compositions that use a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent as the solvent can be more stable than aptamer containing pharmaceutical compositions that use water as the solvent.
- In one embodiment, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent, the pharmaceutical composition is injectable.
- In one embodiment, the injectable pharmaceutical compositions are of sufficiently low viscosity that they can be easily drawn into a 20 gauge and needle and then easily expelled from the 20 gauge needle. Typically, the viscosity of the injectable pharmaceutical compositions are less than about 1,200 cps. In one embodiment, the viscosity of the injectable pharmaceutical compositions are less than about 1,000 cps. In one embodiment, the viscosity of the injectable pharmaceutical compositions are less than about 800 cps. In one embodiment, the viscosity of the injectable pharmaceutical compositions are less than about 500 cps. Injectable pharmaceutical compositions having a viscosity greater than about 1,200 cps and even greater than about 2,000 cps (for example gels) are also within the scope of the invention provided that the compositions can be expelled through an 18 to 24 gauge needle.
- In one embodiment, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent, the pharmaceutical composition is injectable and does not form a precipitate when injected into water.
- In one embodiment, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent, the pharmaceutical composition is injectable and forms a precipitate when injected into water. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed, for pharmaceutical compositions that comprise a protonated aptamer and an amino acid ester or amide, that the α-amino group of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide is protonated by the aptamer to form a salt, such as illustrated above, which is soluble in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent but insoluble in water. Similarly, when the pharmaceutical composition comprises (i) an aptamer; (ii) a divalent metal cation; and (iii) optionally a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin, it is believed that the components of the composition form a salt, such as illustrated above, which is soluble in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent but insoluble in water. Accordingly, when the pharmaceutical compositions are injected into an animal, at least a portion of the pharmaceutical composition precipitates at the injection site to provide a drug depot. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that when the pharmaceutically compositions are injected into an animal, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent diffuses away from the injection site and aqueous bodily fluids diffuse towards the injection site, resulting in an increase in concentration of water at the injection site, that causes at least a portion of the composition to precipitate and form a drug depot. The precipitate can take the form of a solid, a crystal, a gummy mass, or a gel. The precipitate, however, provides a depot of the aptamer at the injection site that releases the aptamer over time. The components of the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., the amino acid ester or amino acid amide, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent, and any other components are biocompatible and non-toxic and, over time, are simply absorbed and/or metabolized by the body.
- In one embodiment, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent, the pharmaceutical composition is injectable and forms liposomal or micellar structures when injected into water (typically about 500 μL are injected into about 4 mL of water). The formation of liposomal or micellar structures are most often formed when the pharmaceutical composition includes a phospholipid. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the aptamer in the form of a salt, which can be a salt formed with an amino acid ester or amide or can be a salt with a divalent metal cation and optionally a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin, that is trapped within the liposomal or micellar structure. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that when these pharmaceutically compositions are injected into an animal, the liposomal or micellar structures release the aptamer over time.
- In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a suspension of solid particles in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the solid particles comprise a salt formed between the amino acid ester or amino acid amide and the protonated aptamer wherein the acidic phosphate groups of the aptamer protonates the amino group of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide, such as illustrated above, or comprises a salt formed between the aptamer; divalent metal cation; and optional carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin, as illustrated above. Pharmaceutical compositions that are suspensions can also form drug depots when injected into an animal.
- By varying the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide it is possible to vary the properties of pharmaceutical compositions that include these components and further comprise an organic solvent. The lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide can be varied by varying the amino acid and/or the alcohol (or amine) used to form the amino acid ester (or amino acid amide). For example, the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid ester can be varied by varying the R1 hydrocarbon group of the amino acid ester. Typically, increasing the molecular weight of R1 increase the lipophilicity of the amino acid ester. Similarly, the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid amide can be varied by varying the R3 or R4 groups of the amino acid amide.
- For example, by varying the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide it is possible to vary the solubility of the aptamer in water, to vary the solubility of the aptamer in the organic solvent, vary the viscosity of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a solvent, and vary the ease at which the pharmaceutical composition can be drawn into a 20 gauge needle and then expelled from the 20 gauge needle.
- Furthermore, by varying the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide (i.e., by varying R1 of the amino acid ester or R3 and R4 of the amino acid amide) it is possible to control whether the pharmaceutical composition that further comprises an organic solvent will form a precipitate when injected into water. Although different aptamers exhibit different solubility and behavior, generally the higher the molecular weight of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide, the more likely it is that the salt of the protonated aptamer and the amino acid ester of the amide will form a precipitate when injected into water. Typically, when R1 of the amino acid ester is a hydrocarbon of about C16 or higher the pharmaceutical composition will form a precipitate when injected into water and when R1 of the amino acid ester is a hydrocarbon of about C12 or less the pharmaceutical composition will not form a precipitate when injected into water. Indeed, with amino acid esters wherein R1 is a hydrocarbon of about C12 or less, the salt of the protonated aptamer and the amino acid ester is, in many cases, soluble in water. Similarly, with amino acid amides, if the combined number of carbons in R3 and R4 is 16 or more the pharmaceutical composition will typically form a precipitate when injected into water and if the combined number of carbons in R3 and R4 is 12 or less the pharmaceutical composition will not form a precipitate when injected into water. Whether or not a pharmaceutical composition that further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent will form a precipitate when injected into water can readily be determined by injecting about 0.05 mL of the pharmaceutical composition into about 4 mL of water at about 98° F. and determining how much material is retained on a 0.22 μm filter after the composition is mixed with water and filtered. Typically, a formulation or composition is considered to be injectable when no more than 10% of the formulation is retained on the filter. In one embodiment, no more than 5% of the formulation is retained on the filter. In one embodiment, no more than 2% of the formulation is retained on the filter. In one embodiment, no more than 1% of the formulation is retained on the filter.
- Similarly, in pharmaceutical compositions that comprise a protonated aptamer and a diester or diamide of aspartic or glutamic acid, it is possible to vary the properties of pharmaceutical compositions by varying the amount and/or lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the diester or diamide of aspartic or glutamic acid. Similarly, in pharmaceutical compositions that comprise an aptamer; a divalent metal cation; and a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin, it is possible to vary the properties of pharmaceutical compositions by varying the amount and/or lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin.
- Further, when the pharmaceutical compositions that further comprises an organic solvent form a depot when administered to an animal, it is also possible to vary the rate at which the aptamer is released from the drug depot by varying the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide. Generally, the more lipophilic the amino acid ester or amino acid amide, the more slowly the aptamer is released from the depot. Similarly, when the pharmaceutical compositions that further comprises an organic solvent and also further comprise a carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, sphingomyelin, or a diester or diamide of aspartic or glutamic acid and form a depot when administered to an animal, it is possible to vary the rate at which the aptamer is released from the drug depot by varying the amount and/or lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, sphingomyelin, or the diester or diamide of aspartic or glutamic acid.
- Release rates from a precipitate can be measured injecting about 50 μL of the pharmaceutical composition into about 4 mL of deionized water in a centrifuge tube. The time that the pharmaceutical composition is injected into the water is recorded as T=0. After a specified amount of time, T, the sample is cooled to about −9° C. and spun on a centrifuge at about 13,000 rpm for about 20 min. The resulting supernatant is then analyzed by HPLC to determine the amount of aptamer present in the aqueous solution. The amount of aptamer in the pellet resulting from the centrifugation can also be determined by collecting the pellet, dissolving the pellet in about 10 μL of methanol, and analyzing the methanol solution by HPLC to determine the amount of aptamer in the precipitate. The amount of aptamer in the aqueous solution and the amount of aptamer in the precipitate are determined by comparing the peak area for the HPLC peak corresponding to the aptamer against a standard curve of aptamer peak area against concentration of aptamer. Suitable HPLC conditions can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- The pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared by dissolving an inorganic salt of the aptamer, typically a potassium or sodium salt, in a solvent in which it is soluble, for example methanol or water, and adjusting the pH of the resulting solution to a value of between about 2 and 3 with an organic acid, such as formic acid, as depicted below:
- wherein S and B are defined above and M+ is a metal ion, to provide a solution of the protonated aptamer.
- The resulting solution of protonated aptamer is then dialyzed against water to remove excess formic acid and formate salts and if, for example, the neutralization is conducted in a methanol solvent, to replace the methanol with water. The water can then be removed from the aqueous solution of the protonated aptamer by lyophilization to provide the protonated aptamer or, alternatively, the aqueous solution of the protonated aptamer can be dialyzed against methanol to replace the water with methanol and then simply removing the methanol under reduced pressure to provide the protonated aptamer.
- A solution of the protonated aptamer can also be prepared using a cation exchange resin. Any cationion exchange resin known to one skilled in the art can be used, for example, a Strata® SCX cation exchange resin (commercially available from Phenomenex of Torrance, Calif.) or a DOWEX® cation exchange resin, such as DOWEX® 50 (commercially available from Dow Chemical Company of Midland, Mich.) can be used. Typically, a column containing the cation exchange resin is first washed with an acidic solution to protonate the resin and then a solution of the inorganic salt of the aptamer, typically a potassium or sodium salt, in a solvent, for example methanol or water, is passed through the resin to provide, as the eluant, a solution of the protonated aptamer.
- To prepare the pharmaceutical compositions comprising a protonated aptamer and an a pharmaceutically acceptable organic base (using an amino acid ester or amide as a representative pharmaceutically acceptable organic base), the protonated aptamer is dissolved in a solvent, such as methanol, typically with stirring, and to the resulting solution is then added the amino acid ester or amide, as depicted below:
- wherein S, B, R, and R1 are defined above.
- Any other components of the pharmaceutical composition, such as a carboxylic acid, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, sphingomyelin, or diester or diamide of aspartic or glutamic acid are then added to the resulting solution.
- Typically, sufficient amino acid ester or amide, and any other components, are added to provide a solution having a pH value ranging from about 5 to 9. In one embodiment, sufficient amino acid ester or amide, and any other components, are added to provide a solution having a pH value ranging from about 6 to 8. In one embodiment, sufficient amino acid ester or amide, and any other components, are added to provide a solution having a pH value of about 7. The pH can be readily measured by removing a few microliters of the solution and applying it to a wet pH test strip (such as commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich of Milwaukee, Wis.) that indicates the pH of the solution by the color of the test strip after the solution is applied. The solvent is then removed under reduced pressure to provide the pharmaceutical composition comprising the amino acid ester or amino acid amide and the aptamer. The resulting composition can then be dissolved in a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent to provide the pharmaceutical composition comprising the amino acid ester or amino acid amide, the protonated aptamer, and a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical compositions comprising a protonated aptamer, an amino acid ester or amide, and any other components, and a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent can be prepared by dissolving the protonated aptamer in the pharmaceutically acceptable solvent and adding the amino acid ester or amide and any other components to the resulting solution, preferably with stirring, to provide the pharmaceutical composition.
- To prepare the pharmaceutical compositions comprising an aptamer; a divalent metal cation; and a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin, the protonated aptamer is dissolved in a solvent, such as methanol, and to the resulting solution is added a metal salt, such as a metal acetate, or a metal hydroxide, preferably with stirring. To the resulting solution is then added the carboxylic acid, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin, preferably with stirring. The solvent is then removed under reduced pressure to provide the pharmaceutical composition comprising the aptamer; a divalent metal cation; and a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin. The resulting composition can then be dissolved in a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent to provide the pharmaceutical composition comprising the aptamer; a divalent metal cation; and a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin; and a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical compositions comprising an aptamer; a divalent metal cation; and a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin; and a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent can be prepared by dissolving the protonated aptamer in the pharmaceutically acceptable solvent; adding a metal salt, such as a metal acetate, or a metal hydroxide to the resulting solution, preferably with stirring; and then adding the carboxylic acid, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin, preferably with stirring, to provide the pharmaceutical composition.
- To prepare the pharmaceutical compositions comprising a protonated aptamer and polylysine, a polylysine solution (such as a methanol solution) is slowly added to a solution (such as a methanol solution) of the protonated aptamer, preferably with stirring, and the pH of the resulting solution monitored to provide a solution having the desired pH value. The methanol is then removed under reduced pressure to provide the pharmaceutical composition comprising a protonated aptamer and polylysine.
- The polylysine is obtained from commercially available polylysine hydrobromide (commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.) by simply neutralizing a solution (such as a methanol or water solution) of the polylysine hydrobromide with ammonium hydroxide to provide a solution having a pH value ranging from about 10 to 12. The resulting solution of polylysine is then dialyzed against water to remove excess ammonium bromide and ammonium hydroxide and if, for example, the neutralization is conducted in a methanol solvent, to replace the methanol with water. The water can then be removed from the aqueous solution of the polylysine by lyophilization to provide the polylysine or, alternatively, the aqueous solution of the polylysine can be dialyzed against methanol to replace the water with methanol and then the methanol simply removed under reduced pressure to provide the polylysine.
- The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are useful in human medicine and veterinary medicine. Accordingly, the invention further relates to a method of treating or preventing a condition in an animal comprising administering to the animal an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
- In one embodiment, the invention relates to methods of treating a condition in an animal comprising administering to an animal in need thereof an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
- In one embodiment, the invention relates to methods of preventing a condition in an animal comprising administering to an animal in need thereof an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
- Methods of administration include, but are not limited to, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, oral, sublingual, intracerebral, intravaginal, transdermal, rectal, by inhalation, or topical. The mode of administration is left to the discretion of the practitioner. In most instances, administration will result in the release of the aptamer into the bloodstream.
- In one embodiment, the method of treating or preventing a condition in an animal comprises administering to the animal in need thereof an effective amount of an aptamer by parenterally administering the pharmaceutical composition of the invention. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are administered by infusion or bolus injection. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is administered subcutaneously.
- In one embodiment, the method of treating or preventing a condition in an animal comprises administering to the animal in need thereof an effective amount of an aptamer by orally administering the pharmaceutical composition of the invention. In one embodiment, the composition is in the form of a capsule or tablet.
- The pharmaceutical compositions can also be administered by any other convenient route, for example, topically, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral, rectal, and intestinal mucosa, etc.).
- The pharmaceutical compositions can be administered systemically or locally.
- The pharmaceutical compositions can be administered together with another biologically active agent.
- In one embodiment, the animal is a mammal.
- In one embodiment the animal is a human.
- In one embodiment, the animal is a non-human animal.
- In one embodiment, the animal is a canine, a feline, an equine, a bovine, an ovine, or a porcine.
- The effective amount administered to the animal depends on a variety of factors including, but not limited to the type of animal being treated, the condition being treated, the severity of the condition, and the specific aptamer being administered. One of ordinary skill in the art will readily know what is an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition to treat a condition in an animal.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is a anti-Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF) aptamer. In one embodiment, the aptamer is a anti-Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF) aptamer and the disorder is an ocular disorder. Representative ocular disorders include, but are not limited to, age-related macular degeneration, optic disc neovascularization, iris neovascularization, retinal neovascularization, choroidal neovascularization, corneal neovascularization, vitreal neovascularization, glaucoma, pannus, pterygium, macular edema, vascular retinopathy, retinal degeneration, uveitis, inflammatory diseases of the retina, or proliferative vitreoretinopathy. Virtually any method of delivering a medication to the eye may be used for the delivery of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is administered intravitreally, for example, via intravitreal injection. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is administered transclerally.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is an aptamer that inhibits angiogenesis.
- In one embodiment, the aptamer is an aptamer that inhibits angiogenesis and the disease being treated is cancer. In one embodiment, the aptamer is an aptamer that inhibits angiogenesis and the disease being treated is a solid tumor.
- The following examples are set forth to assist in understanding the invention and should not be construed as specifically limiting the invention described and claimed herein. Such variations of the invention, including the substitution of all equivalents now known or later developed, which would be within the purview of those skilled in the art, and changes in formulation or minor changes in experimental design, are to be considered to fall within the scope of the invention incorporated herein.
- Tryptophane butanoate: 1 g of tryptophane butanoate hydrochloride salt (commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.) was suspended in 25 mL of dichloromethane and 600 μl of triethylamine was added to the suspension with stirring. Stirring was continued for 15 min and the resulting solution was transferred to a separatory funnel. The organic solution was washed twice with 25 mL of water followed by 25 mL of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide tryptophane butanoate. The structure was confirmed using mass spectroscopy.
- Tryptophane octanoate: 4 g of tryptophane butanoate hydrochloride salt (commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo. (www.sima-aldrich.com)) was suspended in 100 mL of dichloromethane and 3 ml of triethylamine was added to the suspension with stirring. Stirring was continued for 15 min and the resulting solution was transferred to a separatory funnel. The organic solution was washed twice with 25 mL of water followed by 25 mL of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide tryptophane octanoate. The structure was confirmed using mass spectroscopy.
- Tyrosine butanoate: 18.19 g of tyrosine was suspended in a solution of 9.8 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 40 mL water, 40 mL of butanol, and 200 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled. The resulting solution was cooled in an ice bath, which caused the solution to separate into two phases. The upper phase was discarded and the lower phase, an oily syrup, was retained. The syrup was mixed with sufficient 5% aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution to neutralize acidic impurities to provide a solid that was collected by filtration and washed with cold water. The resulting solid was re-crystallized in ethyl acetate.
- Isoleucine butyrate: 26.23 g of isoleucine was dissolved in a solution of 20 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 20 mL water, 40 mL of butanol, and 200 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled. The resulting solution was then cooled to room temperature and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate to neutralize acidic impurities, washed with saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting liquid distilled under vacuum to provide isoleucine butyrate as a colorless liquid.
- Phenylalanine butyrate: 16.52 g of isoleucine was dissolved in a solution of 10 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 20 mL water, 20 mL of butanol, and 200 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled. The resulting solution was then cooled to room temperature and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate to neutralize acidic impurities, washed with saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting liquid distilled under vacuum to provide phenylalanine butyrate.
- Phenylalanine octanoate: 16.52 g of phenylalanine was dissolved in a solution of 10 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 20 mL water, 20 mL of octanol, and 120 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled. The resulting solution was then cooled to room temperature and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate to neutralize acidic impurities, washed with saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to provide phenylalanine octanoate as a white solid that was purified using a silica gel column eluted with a 1:9 methanol:dichloromethane mixture.
- Phenylalanine dodecanoate: 16.52 g of phenylalanine was dissolved in a solution of 10 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 20 mL water, 20 mL of dodecanol, and 120 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled. The resulting solution was then cooled to room temperature and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate to neutralize acidic impurities, washed with saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to provide phenylalanine dodecanoate as a solid that was purified using a silica gel column eluted with a 1:9 methanol:dichloromethane mixture.
- Tyrosine octanoate: 9.06 g of tyrosine was dissolved in a solution of 10 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 20 mL water, 10 mL of octanol, and 200 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled. The resulting solution was then cooled to room temperature and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate to neutralize acidic impurities to provide an emulsion. About 150 mL of ethyl acetate was added to the emulsion to provide two phases. The aqueous phase was discarded and the organic phase washed with saturated Brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was the removed under reduced pressure to provide tyrosine octanoate as a white solid that was purified using a silica gel column eluted with a 1:9 methanol:dichloromethane mixture.
- Isoleucine octanoate: 13.1 g of isoleucine was dissolved in a solution of 10 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 20 mL water, 20 mL of octanol, and 200 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus placed in an oil bath. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled. The resulting solution was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with 120 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layer washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate to neutralize acidic impurities, washed with saturated Brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting liquid distilled to provide isoleucine octanoate as a colorless liquid.
- Proline butanoate: 34.5 g of proline was suspended in a solution of 35 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, 40 mL water, 120 mL of butanol, and 200 mL of toluene in a 500 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser and a Dean-Stark apparatus. The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature until no more water could be distilled. The resulting solution was then cooled to room temperature, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate to neutralize acidic impurities, washed with saturated Brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting liquid distilled to provide proline butanoate as a colorless liquid.
- Lysine hexadecanoate: BOC protected lysine (6.25 g, 0.018 mole) was dissolved in about 40 mL of tetrahydrofuran under a nitrogen atmosphere. The solution was cooled to about 0° C. using an ice-water bath and carbonyl diimidazole (2.93 g, 0.018 mole) was added to the cooled solution. The reaction mixture was then allowed to stir for about 5 min. at about 5° C. and then for about 30 min. at room temperature. To the resulting solution was then added by dropwise addition a solution of hexadecanol (4.38 g, 0.018 mole) in about 10 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The resulting solution was then warmed to about 45° C. and allowed to stir for about 12 h. After stirring, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure; the resulting residue dissolved in ethyl acetate; the ethyl acetate washed with 0.1 N hydrochloric acid (3 times), saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (3 times), and brine (3 times); and the organic phase dried (Na2SO4). The ethyl acetate was then removed under reduced pressure to provide crude BOC protected lysine hexadecanoate that was purified using silica gel column chromatography eluted with 0 to 20 percent ethyl acetate in hexane. The solvent was then evaporated under reduced pressure to provide purified BOC protected lysine hexadecanoate. Trifluoroacetic acid (20 mL) was added to the purified BOC protected lysine hexadecanoate and the resulting reaction mixture stirred for about 5 h. Excess trifluoroacetic acid was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was then dissolved in methanol and passed through a Dowex 550A(OH) resin (50 g) (commercially available from Dow Chemical Company of Midland Mich.) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to provide lysine hexadecanoate that was dried under vacuum to provide dried lysine hexadecanoate (3.6 g).
- A pharmaceutical compositions containing pegylated ARC259 was prepared by adding 108 mg of protonated pegylated ARC259 to 800 μL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and sonicating the resulting mixture for about 25 min. to provide a clear thick solution. To the clear thick solution was then added 120 μL of a solution of isoleucine butyrate in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (about 71.5 mg/mL) and the resulting clear solution made up to a volume of 1 mL with N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to provide the pharmaceutical composition.
- 50 μL of the pharmaceutical composition was then injected in 4 mL of water. No precipitate was observed to form when the pharmaceutical composition was injected into the water.
- A pharmaceutical compositions containing pegylated ARC259 was prepared by adding 108 mg of protonated pegylated ARC259 to 800 μL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and allowing the resulting mixture to be shaken for about 14 h. using an automatic shaker to provide a clear thick solution. To the clear thick solution was then added 120 μL of a solution of isoleucine butyrate in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (about 71.5 mg/mL) and the resulting clear solution made up to a volume of 1 mL with N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to provide the pharmaceutical composition.
- 50 μL of the pharmaceutical composition was then injected in 4 mL of water. No precipitate was observed to form when the pharmaceutical composition was injected into the water.
- A pharmaceutical compositions containing pegylated ARC259 was prepared by adding 108 mg of protonated pegylated ARC259 to 800 μL of glycerol formal and sonicating the resulting mixture for about 25 min. to provide a clear thick solution. To the clear thick solution was then added 120 μL of a solution of isoleucine butyrate in glycerol formal (about 71.5 mg/mL) and the resulting clear solution made up to a volume of 1 mL with glycerol formal to provide the pharmaceutical composition.
- 50 μL of the pharmaceutical composition was then injected in 4 mL of water. No precipitate was observed to form when the pharmaceutical composition was injected into the water.
- Pharmaceutical compositions containing pegylated ARC259 at a concentration of about 10% (w/v) and 1 equivalent of isoleucine ethanoate, isoleucine butanoate, isoleucine hexanoate, isoleucine octanoate, isoleucine decanoate, isoleucine dodecanoate, or isoleucine hexadecanoate per acidic groups on the aptamer dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone were prepared. The pharmaceutical compositions were prepared by adding 75 mg of protonated aptamer to 0.7 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and then adding an appropriate amount of the isoleucine ester as indicated below:
-
isoleucine ethanoate 6.3 mg (6.8 μL) isoleucine butanoate 7.4 mg (8.46 μL) isoleucine hexanoate 8.4 mg (9.6 μL) isoleucine octanoate 9.6 mg (11.3 μL) isoleucine decanoate 10.6 mg (12.7 μL) isoleucine dodecanoate 11.7 mg (14.5 μL) isoleucine hexadecanoate 13.9 mg (17.8 μL)
The volume of the solution was then made up to a volume of 0.75 mL with N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, if necessary, to provide a clear solution. - The viscosity of the resulting pharmaceutical compositions was then determined using a Brookfield DV-II-PRO viscometer (commercially available from Brookfield of Marlboro, Mass.) with a cone and plate sampler, a CPE-40 spindle, a sample size of 0.5 mL, a speed of 3 rpm, and a temperature controlled to be 25° C.
-
FIG. 1 shows a graphical representation of the viscosity of the pharmaceutical composition v. number of carbons in the alcohol group of the isoleucine ester. The results show that, in general, increasing the number of carbons in the alcohol group of the ester decreases the viscosity of the pharmaceutical composition up to 8 carbons in the alcohol group of the ester. The C12 ester, however, has a viscosity that is less than the C16 ester. - Pharmaceutical compositions containing pegylated ARC259 at a concentration of about 10% (w/v) and 1 equivalent, 2 equivalents, or 6 equivalents of isoleucine decanoate per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone were prepared. The compositions were prepared by adding 75 mg of protonated aptamer to 0.7 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and then adding 1 equivalent (10.6 mg, 12.7 μL), 2 equivalents (21.2 mg, 25.4 μL), or 3 equivalents (31.8 mg, 38.1 μL) of isoleucine decanoate. The volume of the solution was then made to a volume of 0.75 mL with N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, if necessary, to provide a clear solution.
- The viscosity of the resulting compositions was then determined using the method described above.
-
FIG. 2 shows a graphical representation of the viscosity of the pharmaceutical composition v. equivalents of isoleucine decanoate per equivalent of acidic functional groups on the aptamer. The results show that the viscosity of the pharmaceutical composition decreases as the number of equivalents of isoleucine decanoate is increased up to about 2 equivalents of isoleucine decanoate per equivalent of acidic functional groups on the aptamer. Thereafter the viscosity appears to remain unchanged up to 6 equivalents of isoleucine decanoate per equivalent of acidic functional groups on the aptamer. - A. Pharmaceutical compositions containing pegylated ARC259 at a concentration of about 10% (w/v) and 4 equivalents or 6 equivalents of isoleucine decanoate, isoleucine dodecanoate, or isoleucine hexadecanoate per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone were prepared. The compositions were prepared by adding 75 mg of protonated aptamer to 0.7 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and then adding an appropriate amount of the ester as indicated below:
-
4 equivalent of isoleucine decanoate 42.4 mg (50.8 μL) 6 equivalents of isoleucine decanoate 63.6 mg (76.2 μL) 4 equivalents of isoleucine dodecanoate 46.8 mg (58 μL) 6 equivalents of isoleucine dodecanoate 70.2 mg (87 μL) 4 equivalents of isoleucine hexadecanoate 55. 6 mg (71.2 μL) 6 equivalents of isoleucine hexadecanoate 83.4 mg (106.8 μL)
The volume of the solution was then made to a volume of 0.75 mL with N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, if necessary, to provide a clear solution. - 50 μL of each pharmaceutical composition was then injected into 4 mL of water. In each case, a precipitate was observed to form when the pharmaceutical composition was injected into the water.
- B. Pharmaceutical compositions containing pegylated ARC259 at a concentration of about 10% (w/v) and 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, or 10 equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone were also prepared following the same procedure described above to provide a clear solution. 50 μL of each composition was then injected in 4 mL of water. In each case, a precipitate was observed to form when the pharmaceutical composition was injected into the water.
- When the pharmaceutical compositions having between 1 and 4 equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer were injected into the water, an oily precipitate formed that could be made to dissolve in the water with shaking.
- When the pharmaceutical compositions having between 4 and 10 equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer were injected into the water, a gel like precipitate formed in the water that would not dissolve with shaking. Similarly, when the pharmaceutical compositions having between 4 and 10 equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer were injected into phosphate buffered saline (PBS) or into water containing about 0.643 μM bovine serum albumen (BSA), a gel like precipitate formed in the aqueous media that would not dissolve with shaking. The greater the number of equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer, the longer the precipitate remained before dissolving. For example, for pharmaceutical compositions having 4 equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer, the precipitate remained for about 2 days before dissolving. For pharmaceutical compositions having 6 equivalents and 10 equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer, the precipitate remained for about 4 days and 6 days, respectively, before dissolving.
- A pharmaceutical composition was prepared by adding 100 mg of pegylated ARC259 and 9.6 mg of the ester formed between lysine hexadecanoate (about 1 eq. per equivalent of acidic groups on the aptamer) to 650 μL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. An additional 30.4 mg of the lysine hexadecanoate was then added to the resulting solution followed by 15 mg of lauric acid. The volume of the resulting solution was then made up to 1 mL with N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to provide a clear solution. When 50 μL of the pharmaceutical composition was injected into 4 mL of water, a precipitate was observed to form.
- A solution was prepared by dissolving 307 mg of Phospholipon® 80 (commercially available from Phospholipid GmbH of Cologne, Germany or American Lecithin Company of Oxford, Conn.) in 5 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to provide “solution A.” 108 mg of pegylated ARC259 was then dissolved in 800 μL of solution A followed by 11.5 μL of isoleucine butyrate. The resulting mixture was then sonicated to provide a clear solution and the volume of the solution was made up to 1 mL with solution A to provide the pharmaceutical composition as a clear solution. When 50 μL of the pharmaceutical composition was injected into 4 mL of water, a gel like precipitate was observed to form. When the solution of the precipitate in water was shaken, liposomal and micellar structures were also observed which may not be retained on a 0.22 μm filter.
- Similar pharmaceutical compositions can be made using other esters or amides of amino acids, other organic solvents, and/or other phospholipids.
- A pharmaceutical composition was prepared by dissolving 19 mg of pegylated ARC259 in 0.5 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone containing 10% (w/v) of Phospholipon® 80 (commercially available from Phospholipid GmbH of Cologne, Germany or American Lecithin Company of Oxford, Conn.). To the resulting solution was added 0.4 mL of neat N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone followed by 25 mg of zinc acetate with mixing to provide a clear solution. When 50 μL of the pharmaceutical composition was injected into 4 mL of water, a gel like precipitate was observed to form. When the solution of the precipitate in water was shaken, liposomal and micellar structures were also observed which may not be retained on a 0.22 μm filter.
- Similar pharmaceutical compositions can be made using other esters or amides of amino acids, other divalent metal ions, other organic solvents, and/or other phospholipids.
- The amount of aptamer released from a precipitate as a function of time can be measured by injecting about 50 μL of the pharmaceutical composition into about 4 mL of deionized water in a centrifuge tube to form the precipitate. The time that the pharmaceutical composition is injected into the water is recorded as T=0. After a specified amount of time, T, the sample, optionally cooled to about −9° C., is spun on a centrifuge at about 13,000 rpm for about 20 min. to provide a pellet and a supernatant liquid that can be easily separated by decanting the supernatant. The resulting supernatant is then analyzed by a suitable HPLC method to determine the amount of aptamer present in the aqueous solution. The amount of aptamer in the pellet can also be determined by dissolving the pellet in about 3 mL of methanol and analyzing the methanol solution by a suitable HPLC method to determine the amount of aptamer in the precipitate. The amount of aptamer in the aqueous solution and the amount of aptamer in the precipitate can be determined by comparing the peak area for the HPLC peak corresponding to the aptamer against a standard curve of aptamer peak area against concentration of aptamer. Suitable HPLC methods can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art. For example for the aptamer used in the above experiments (i.e., pegylated ARC259) the following HPLC method can be used.
-
Column: Jupiter 5μ C4 300A, 30x4.6 mm (Part # 00A-4167-EO). Flow rate: 2.0 mL/min. Injection volume: 20 μL Detector setting: 258 nm Run Time: 10 min. Pump A: Option 1 (Acidic mobile phase): 25 mM Ammonium Acetate-Trifluoroacetic Acid (TFA), pH 4.76 or Pump A: Option 2 (Basic mobile phase): 50 mM Triethanolamine-HCl, pH 7.8 Pump B: Methanol Initial Conditions: 0 % pump B 100% pump A - The HPLC column is eluted using the following gradient elution profile:
-
Time (min) Module Function Value Duration (min) 0.00 pump % B 90.00 3.00 6.00 pump % B 0.00 0.50 6.00 pump Flow Rate 4.00 0.00 10.00 Detector stop acquiring data - Under these conditions the aptamer has a retention time of about 3 min.
- 50 μL of the pharmaceutical composition of Example 7B containing 10 equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate was injected into 4 mL of water to provide a precipitate and the precipitate and supernatant were separated by centrifugation following the procedure described above to provide a pellet and a supernatant liquid. The pellet was dissolved in about 3 mL of methanol. The supernatant and the methanol solution of the pellet were then analyzed by HPLC using the conditions described above using the basic mobile phase.
-
FIG. 3 shows an HPLC chromatogram of the supernatant (lower trace) and an HPLC chromatogram of the methanol solution of the pellet (upper trace). The HPLC chromatogram shows that about 5% of the aptamer was in the supernatant and about 95% of the aptamer was in the pellet. -
FIG. 4 shows HPLC analysis of the pharmaceutical composition of Example 4B containing 10 equivalents of lysine hexadecanoate. 50 μL of the pharmaceutical composition was injected into about 3 mL of methanol and the resulting methanol solution analyzed by HPLC using the HPLC parameters described above. Trace A is the HPLC chromatogram the pharmaceutical composition obtained using the basic mobile phase. Trace B is the HPLC chromatogram the pharmaceutical composition obtained using the acidic mobile phase. Trace C is the HPLC chromatogram of the aptamer dissolved in methanol using the basic mobile phase. -
FIG. 4 also shows that when the pharmaceutical composition is analyzed using the acidic mobile phase a less sharp peak at a later retention time is obtained (Trace B) compared to analysis using the basic mobile phase. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that when using the acidic mobile, the aptamer and the lysine hexadecanoate remain associated resulting in the peak corresponding to the aptamer eluting later and being a less sharp peak. When using the basic mobile phase, however, the aptamer and the lysine hexadecanoate are not associated resulting in the peak corresponding to the aptamer eluting earlier as a sharper peak.FIG. 4 shows that the basic mobile phase is better for analyzing the aptamer by HPLC. -
FIG. 4 also shows that the complex between the aptamer and the amino acid (in this example lysine hexadecanoate) remain associated under acidic conditions. Accordingly, this suggests that when a pharmaceutical composition of the invention is orally administered to an animal, it is likely that the complex between the aptamer and the amino acid will remain associated in the acidic environment of the stomach, which could result in extended release of the aptamer and/or better absorption of the aptamer. - A pharmaceutical composition was prepared by adding 100 mg of pegylated ARC259 to 1 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. The resulting mixture was mixed using a vortex mixer and occasionally sonicated to provide a clear viscous solution. To the clear viscous solution was added 40 mg of lysine hexadecanoate and the resulting mixture mixed using a vortex mixer to provide a clear solution. The pH of the resulting solution, determined as described above using a wet pH test strip (such as commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich of Milwaukee, Wis.), was basic. To the basic solution was added 15 mg of lauric acid and the resulting mixture mixed using a vortex mixer to provide a clear solution. The pH of the clear solution, determined as described above using a wet pH test strip was neutral, i.e., about
pH 7. When 50 μL of the pharmaceutical composition was injected into 4 mL of water, a precipitate was observed to form. - A pharmaceutical composition was prepared by adding 100 mg of pegylated ARC259 to 1 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. The resulting mixture was mixed using a vortex mixer and occasionally sonicated to provide a clear viscous solution. To the clear viscous solution was added 8 mg of polyacrylic acid (20,000 molecular weight, commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich of Milwaukee, Wis.) and the resulting mixture mixed using a vortex mixer to provide a clear solution. The pH of the resulting solution, determined as described above using a wet pH test strip (such as commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich of Milwaukee, Wis.), was slightly basic. To the slightly basic solution was added a small amount of the polyacrylic acid, the mixture mixed well using a vortex mixer, and the pH checked again. Additional small amounts of the of polyacrylic acid were added with mixing and the pH of the resulting solution checked until the pH of the resulting solution was about
pH 7. When 50 μL of the pharmaceutical composition was injected into 4 mL of water, a precipitate was observed to form. - The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the specific embodiments disclosed in the examples which are intended as illustrations of a few aspects of the invention and any embodiments that are functionally equivalent are within the scope of this invention. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art and are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
- A number of references have been cited, the entire disclosure of which are incorporated.
Claims (52)
1-84. (canceled)
85. A pharmaceutical composition comprising:
(i) an amino acid ester of formula:
wherein
R is the amino acid side chain; and
R1 is a C1 to C22 hydrocarbon group; or
an amino acid amide of formula:
wherein
R is the amino acid side chain;
R3 is a C1 to C22 hydrocarbon group; and
R4 is hydrogen or a C1 to C22 hydrocarbon group;
(ii) a protonated aptamer, optionally conjugated to a polymer; and
(iii) a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent,
wherein the protonated aptamer is dissolved in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent to provide a concentration of the aptamer in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent of at least 2 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition or about 2 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition, and
wherein the composition is suitable for administration to an animal by injection.
86. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 85 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition forms a precipitate when injected into water.
87. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 85 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition forms a depot when administered to an animal.
88. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 85 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition does not form a precipitate when injected into water.
89. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 85 , further comprising water.
90. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 85 , wherein there is more than 1 equivalent of basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide per equivalent of acidic groups on the protonated aptamer.
91. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 90 , further comprising at least one of a carboxylic acid, a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or a phosphatidyl choline.
92. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 91 , wherein the at least one of a carboxylic acid, a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or a phosphatidyl choline is a carboxylic acid.
93. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 92 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition forms a precipitate when injected into water.
94. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 92 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition forms a depot when administered to an animal.
95. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 92 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition does not form a precipitate when injected into water.
96. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 92 , wherein the carboxylic acid is a fatty acid.
97. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 92 , wherein the carboxylic acid is a polycarboxylic acid.
98. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 85 , wherein the amino acid ester or amide is an ester or amide of lysine.
99. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 98 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition forms a precipitate when injected into water.
100. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 98 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition forms a depot when administered to an animal.
101. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 98 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition does not form a precipitate when injected into water.
102. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 98 , further comprising water.
103. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 98 , wherein there is more than 1 equivalent of basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide per equivalent of acidic groups on the protonated aptamer.
104. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 103 , further comprising at least one of a carboxylic acid, a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or a phosphatidyl choline.
105. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 104 , wherein the at least one of a carboxylic acid, a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or a phosphatidyl choline is a carboxylic acid.
106. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 105 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition forms a precipitate when injected into water.
107. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 105 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition forms a depot when administered to an animal.
108. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 105 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition does not form a precipitate when injected into water.
109. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 105 , wherein the carboxylic acid is a fatty acid.
110. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 105 , wherein the carboxylic acid is a polycarboxylic acid.
111. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 85 , wherein the amino acid ester or amide is an ester or amide of aspartic acid or glutamic acid.
112. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 111 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition forms a precipitate when injected into water.
113. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 111 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition forms a depot when administered to an animal.
114. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 111 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition does not form a precipitate when infected into water.
115. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 111 , further comprising water.
116. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 111 , wherein there is more than 1 equivalent of basic groups on the amino acid ester or amino acid amide per equivalent of acidic groups on the protonated aptamer.
117. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 116 , further comprising at least one of a carboxylic acid, a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or a phosphatidyl choline.
118. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 117 , wherein the at least one of a carboxylic acid, a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or a phosphatidyl choline is a carboxylic acid.
119. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 118 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition forms a precipitate when injected into water.
120. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 118 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition forms a depot when administered to an animal.
121. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 118 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition does not form a precipitate when injected into water.
122. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 118 , wherein the carboxylic acid is a fatty acid.
123. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 118 , wherein the carboxylic acid is a polycarboxylic acid.
124. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 85 , wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is selected from the group consisting of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerol formal, isosorbide dimethyl ether, ethanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetraglycol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, triacetin, propylene carbonate, dimethyl acetamide, dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, and combinations thereof.
125. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 98 , wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is selected from the group consisting of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerol formal, isosorbide dimethyl ether, ethanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetraglycol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, triacetin, propylene carbonate, dimethyl acetamide, dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, and combinations thereof.
126. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 111 , wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is selected from the group consisting of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerol formal, isosorbide dimethyl ether, ethanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetraglycol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, triacetin, propylene carbonate, dimethyl acetamide, dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, and combinations thereof.
127. The composition of claim 86 , wherein the precipitate releases the aptamer over time.
128. The composition of claim 85 , wherein the aptamer is not conjugated to a polymer.
129. The composition of claim 85 , wherein the aptamer is conjugated to a polymer.
130. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a complex between:
(i) an amino acid ester of formula:
wherein
R is the amino acid side chain; and
R1 is a C1 to C22 hydrocarbon group; or
an amino acid amide of formula:
wherein
R is the amino acid side chain;
R3 is a C1 to Cn hydrocarbon group; and
R4 is hydrogen or a Ci to Cn hydrocarbon group; and
(ii) a protonated aptamer, optionally conjugated to a polymer; and
(iii) a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent,
wherein the composition forms micelle or a liposome structures when injected into water.
131. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 130 , further comprising water.
132. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 130 , wherein the aptamer is present in an amount of at least 2 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition or about 2 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
133. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 130 , wherein the composition is suitable for administration to an animal by injection.
134. The composition of claim 130 , wherein the aptamer is not conjugated to a polymer.
135. The composition of claim 130 , wherein the aptamer is conjugated to a polymer.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US12/789,582 US20100240741A1 (en) | 2005-11-16 | 2010-05-28 | Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US73686205P | 2005-11-16 | 2005-11-16 | |
US11/400,372 US7754679B2 (en) | 2005-11-16 | 2006-04-10 | Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers |
US12/789,582 US20100240741A1 (en) | 2005-11-16 | 2010-05-28 | Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/400,372 Continuation US7754679B2 (en) | 2005-11-16 | 2006-04-10 | Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20100240741A1 true US20100240741A1 (en) | 2010-09-23 |
Family
ID=38041719
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/400,372 Active 2026-06-27 US7754679B2 (en) | 2005-11-16 | 2006-04-10 | Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers |
US12/789,582 Abandoned US20100240741A1 (en) | 2005-11-16 | 2010-05-28 | Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/400,372 Active 2026-06-27 US7754679B2 (en) | 2005-11-16 | 2006-04-10 | Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US7754679B2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN101048139A (en) * | 2004-10-28 | 2007-10-03 | 艾德克斯实验室公司 | Compositions for controlled delivery of pharmaceutically active compounds |
US7754679B2 (en) * | 2005-11-16 | 2010-07-13 | Idexx Laboratories, Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers |
US8114440B2 (en) | 2005-11-16 | 2012-02-14 | Idexx Laboratories Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers |
US8828960B2 (en) * | 2007-07-17 | 2014-09-09 | Idexx Laboratories, Inc. | Amino acid vitamin ester compositions for controlled delivery of pharmaceutically active compounds |
US20110177157A1 (en) * | 2010-01-19 | 2011-07-21 | Idexx Laboratories, Inc. | Compositions for Controlled Delivery of Pharmaceutically Active Compounds |
WO2014144744A1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Aptamer methods and compositions |
Citations (23)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5270163A (en) * | 1990-06-11 | 1993-12-14 | University Research Corporation | Methods for identifying nucleic acid ligands |
US5332834A (en) * | 1992-12-02 | 1994-07-26 | Hoechst Celanese Corporation | Racemization of an enantomerically enriched α-aryl carboxylic acid |
US5459127A (en) * | 1990-04-19 | 1995-10-17 | Vical, Inc. | Cationic lipids for intracellular delivery of biologically active molecules |
US5475096A (en) * | 1990-06-11 | 1995-12-12 | University Research Corporation | Nucleic acid ligands |
US5574020A (en) * | 1989-09-28 | 1996-11-12 | Eli Lilly And Company | Tilmicosin formulation |
US5599969A (en) * | 1992-12-02 | 1997-02-04 | The Boots Company Plc | Process of resolving phenylpropionic acids using α-methylbenzylamine |
US5629020A (en) * | 1994-04-22 | 1997-05-13 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Modified amino acids for drug delivery |
US5788983A (en) * | 1989-04-03 | 1998-08-04 | Rutgers, The State University Of New Jersey | Transdermal controlled delivery of pharmaceuticals at variable dosage rates and processes |
US5877212A (en) * | 1997-04-16 | 1999-03-02 | Yu; Ruey J. | Molecular complex and control-release of alpha hydroxyacids |
US20030165434A1 (en) * | 2001-04-20 | 2003-09-04 | Chiron Corporation | Delivery of polynucleotide agents to the central nervous system |
US20030170289A1 (en) * | 2001-11-14 | 2003-09-11 | Guohua Chen | Injectable depot compositions and uses thereof |
US20040171571A1 (en) * | 2002-12-11 | 2004-09-02 | Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. | 5' CpG nucleic acids and methods of use |
US20040197408A1 (en) * | 2002-12-30 | 2004-10-07 | Angiotech International Ag | Amino acids in micelle preparation |
US20040220264A1 (en) * | 2003-03-17 | 2004-11-04 | Yu Ruey J | Bioavailability and improved delivery of acidic pharmaceutical drugs |
US6887487B2 (en) * | 2001-10-19 | 2005-05-03 | Idexx Laboratories, Inc. | Injectable compositions for the controlled delivery of pharmacologically active compound |
US20050124565A1 (en) * | 2002-11-21 | 2005-06-09 | Diener John L. | Stabilized aptamers to platelet derived growth factor and their use as oncology therapeutics |
US20050175708A1 (en) * | 2002-05-02 | 2005-08-11 | Carrasquillo Karen G. | Drug delivery systems and use thereof |
US20050192348A1 (en) * | 2003-09-25 | 2005-09-01 | David Bar-Or | Methods and products which utilize N-acyl-L-aspartic acid |
US6946137B2 (en) * | 2001-10-19 | 2005-09-20 | Idexx Laboratories, Inc. | Methods for the controlled delivery of pharmacologically active compounds |
US20060122144A1 (en) * | 2002-12-03 | 2006-06-08 | Kane Robert R | Compounds resistant to metabolic deactivation and methods of use |
US20060141054A1 (en) * | 2004-10-25 | 2006-06-29 | Thomas Piccariello | Metal coordinated compositions |
US20060167088A1 (en) * | 2004-06-23 | 2006-07-27 | Sytera, Inc. | Methods and compositions for treating ophthalmic conditions with retinyl derivatives |
US20070111969A1 (en) * | 2005-11-16 | 2007-05-17 | Murthy Yerramilli V | Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2004089239A2 (en) | 2003-04-04 | 2004-10-21 | Merial Ltd. | Topical anthelmintic veterinary formulations |
AU2004251731A1 (en) | 2003-06-23 | 2005-01-06 | Macrochem Corporation | Compositons and methods for topical administration |
-
2006
- 2006-04-10 US US11/400,372 patent/US7754679B2/en active Active
-
2010
- 2010-05-28 US US12/789,582 patent/US20100240741A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (23)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5788983A (en) * | 1989-04-03 | 1998-08-04 | Rutgers, The State University Of New Jersey | Transdermal controlled delivery of pharmaceuticals at variable dosage rates and processes |
US5574020A (en) * | 1989-09-28 | 1996-11-12 | Eli Lilly And Company | Tilmicosin formulation |
US5459127A (en) * | 1990-04-19 | 1995-10-17 | Vical, Inc. | Cationic lipids for intracellular delivery of biologically active molecules |
US5475096A (en) * | 1990-06-11 | 1995-12-12 | University Research Corporation | Nucleic acid ligands |
US5270163A (en) * | 1990-06-11 | 1993-12-14 | University Research Corporation | Methods for identifying nucleic acid ligands |
US5332834A (en) * | 1992-12-02 | 1994-07-26 | Hoechst Celanese Corporation | Racemization of an enantomerically enriched α-aryl carboxylic acid |
US5599969A (en) * | 1992-12-02 | 1997-02-04 | The Boots Company Plc | Process of resolving phenylpropionic acids using α-methylbenzylamine |
US5629020A (en) * | 1994-04-22 | 1997-05-13 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Modified amino acids for drug delivery |
US5877212A (en) * | 1997-04-16 | 1999-03-02 | Yu; Ruey J. | Molecular complex and control-release of alpha hydroxyacids |
US20030165434A1 (en) * | 2001-04-20 | 2003-09-04 | Chiron Corporation | Delivery of polynucleotide agents to the central nervous system |
US6887487B2 (en) * | 2001-10-19 | 2005-05-03 | Idexx Laboratories, Inc. | Injectable compositions for the controlled delivery of pharmacologically active compound |
US6946137B2 (en) * | 2001-10-19 | 2005-09-20 | Idexx Laboratories, Inc. | Methods for the controlled delivery of pharmacologically active compounds |
US20030170289A1 (en) * | 2001-11-14 | 2003-09-11 | Guohua Chen | Injectable depot compositions and uses thereof |
US20050175708A1 (en) * | 2002-05-02 | 2005-08-11 | Carrasquillo Karen G. | Drug delivery systems and use thereof |
US20050124565A1 (en) * | 2002-11-21 | 2005-06-09 | Diener John L. | Stabilized aptamers to platelet derived growth factor and their use as oncology therapeutics |
US20060122144A1 (en) * | 2002-12-03 | 2006-06-08 | Kane Robert R | Compounds resistant to metabolic deactivation and methods of use |
US20040171571A1 (en) * | 2002-12-11 | 2004-09-02 | Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. | 5' CpG nucleic acids and methods of use |
US20040197408A1 (en) * | 2002-12-30 | 2004-10-07 | Angiotech International Ag | Amino acids in micelle preparation |
US20040220264A1 (en) * | 2003-03-17 | 2004-11-04 | Yu Ruey J | Bioavailability and improved delivery of acidic pharmaceutical drugs |
US20050192348A1 (en) * | 2003-09-25 | 2005-09-01 | David Bar-Or | Methods and products which utilize N-acyl-L-aspartic acid |
US20060167088A1 (en) * | 2004-06-23 | 2006-07-27 | Sytera, Inc. | Methods and compositions for treating ophthalmic conditions with retinyl derivatives |
US20060141054A1 (en) * | 2004-10-25 | 2006-06-29 | Thomas Piccariello | Metal coordinated compositions |
US20070111969A1 (en) * | 2005-11-16 | 2007-05-17 | Murthy Yerramilli V | Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers |
Non-Patent Citations (3)
Title |
---|
Chen et al. Nanoscale 2011, 3, 546-556; (2 pages 546 and 553) * |
Healy et al. Pharmaceutical Research 2004, 21(12), pp 2234-2246. * |
Wu et al. PNAS, 2010, 107(1), pp 5-10. * |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20070111969A1 (en) | 2007-05-17 |
US7754679B2 (en) | 2010-07-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20100240741A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers | |
US11851389B2 (en) | Cationic lipids for nucleic acid delivery and preparation thereof | |
JP6531164B2 (en) | Dendrimer compositions and uses in the treatment of neurological and CNS disorders | |
Lesniak et al. | Biodistribution of fluorescently labeled PAMAM dendrimers in neonatal rabbits: effect of neuroinflammation | |
Souza et al. | Transcorneal iontophoresis of dendrimers: PAMAM corneal penetration and dexamethasone delivery | |
JP2015515530A (en) | Poly (acrylate) polymers for in vivo nucleic acid delivery | |
ES2561812T3 (en) | Composition to inhibit the expression of a target gene | |
US8114440B2 (en) | Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers | |
EP1948199B1 (en) | Pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of aptamers | |
US8017159B2 (en) | Phospholipid gel compositions for delivery of aptamers and methods of treating conditions using same | |
US20230001021A1 (en) | Ornithine transcarbamylase (otc) constructs and methods of using the same | |
US8828960B2 (en) | Amino acid vitamin ester compositions for controlled delivery of pharmaceutically active compounds | |
US20100204303A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical Compositions for Administering Oligonucleotides | |
CA3215957A1 (en) | Tissue-specific nucleic acid delivery by mixed cationic lipid particles | |
ES2698565B2 (en) | Procedure for the elaboration of lipid nanoparticles, and lipid nanoparticles with brain macrophages as target cells | |
WO2024017254A1 (en) | Amino lipid compound, preparation method therefor, and use thereof | |
US20230210875A1 (en) | Liposomal composition for use in a method of treating parkinson's disease | |
JP7211603B2 (en) | Drug delivery compositions and pharmaceutical compositions | |
JP2021507941A (en) | Liposomes containing sphingomyelin | |
US20180338910A1 (en) | Intranasal administration of glutamate carboxypeptidase (gcp-ii) inhibitors | |
WO2022150443A1 (en) | Folate receptor-targeted conjugates, compositions, and delivery to the central nervous system | |
US20110177157A1 (en) | Compositions for Controlled Delivery of Pharmaceutically Active Compounds | |
EP2838544A1 (en) | Poly(acrylate) polymers for in vivo nucleic acid delivery |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |